Вы находитесь на странице: 1из 269

Project Monitoring

& Construction
Supervision Manual
State Highway Development
Project, Karnataka
This Manual is prepared for use in State Highway
Development Project, Public Works Department,
Government of Karnataka as a reference guide for
efficient, safe and consistent supervision of the
works in strict conformance to the Specifications
and other Contract requirements. It is based on
standard procedures for state highway widening and
construction projects, with specific guidelines and
forms, where appropriate based on the practice in
India in conformance with MORT&H and IRC.

State Highway DevelopmentProject


PWD Annex Building,
Ground Floor, K R Circle,
Bangalore 560001
Tel: +91-80-22224106/7/9
www.shdpkar.in
January2013
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

Contents
1 INTRODUCTION ...............................................................................................................1-7
1.1 Purpose of Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual ......................1-8
1.2 List of Work Packages in Phase-I ..............................................................................1-8
2 ORGANISATION AND ADMINISTRATION OF CONSULTANCY SERVICES ..........................2-2
2.1 Organisation of Consultancy Services ......................................................................2-2
2.2 Devolution of Engineers Responsibilities.............................................................2-2
2.3 Duties and Responsibilities of the Team Leader & Consultants Engineers .............2-2
2.4 Assignment of Staff Tasks ........................................................................................2-4
2.5 Correspondence Files ...............................................................................................2-5
2.6 Diaries .......................................................................................................................2-6
2.7 Project Photographs and Videos ..............................................................................2-6
2.8 Quality Audits ...........................................................................................................2-7
3 CONTRACTUAL GUIDELINES AND PROCEDURES ...........................................................3-10
3.1 Construction Supervision Services ........................................................................ 3-10
3.2 Contractors Works Programme ........................................................................... 3-10
3.3 Consultants Programme of Services .................................................................... 3-10
3.4 Issue of Engineering Design Drawings .................................................................. 3-11
3.5 Starting of the Works ............................................................................................ 3-12
3.6 Variation Orders .................................................................................................... 3-13
3.7 Contractors Claims ............................................................................................... 3-15
3.8 Forecast Final Costs ............................................................................................... 3-16
3.9 Health and Safety .................................................................................................. 3-17
4 PROJECT MONITORING GUIDELINES & PROCEDURES...................................................4-21
4.1 INTRODUCTION ..................................................................................................... 4-21
4.2 About Backend Project Management System (PMS) ............................................ 4-21
4.3 Need for Backend Project Management System. ................................................. 4-21
4.4 Information Flow in PMS....................................................................................... 4-22
4.5 Technology used for building PMS Application .................................................... 4-22
4.6 Different Modules in PMS ..................................................................................... 4-22
4.7 Implementation Prerequisite ................................................................................ 4-23
4.8 Checklist of Documents for Implementation ........................................................ 4-23
4.9 NAVIGATIONAL OVERVIEW ................................................................................... 4-24

1-1
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

4.10 Monitoring Module ............................................................................................... 4-30


4.11 Contract Administration Module .......................................................................... 4-31
4.12 Reporting Module ................................................................................................. 4-32
4.13 Dashboard Details ................................................................................................. 4-34
4.14 Tools Module......................................................................................................... 4-36
4.15 Working on Project Communication Center ......................................................... 4-37
5 QUALITY CONTROL GUIDELINES AND PROCEDURES .....................................................5-41
5.1 General .................................................................................................................. 5-41
5.2 Approval of Quarries and Borrow Areas ............................................................... 5-41
5.3 Approval of Materials ............................................................................................ 5-43
5.4 Sampling for Testing .............................................................................................. 5-46
5.5 Setting up of Field laboratory................................................................................ 5-47
5.6 List of Laboratory Equipment ................................................................................ 5-47
5.7 Reference Standard Codes for Quality Control Testing ........................................ 5-49
5.8 Field Testing Laboratory ........................................................................................ 5-50
5.9 Quality Control Test Statement (Monthly Progress Report) ................................ 5-52
5.10 Quality Assurance Plan .......................................................................................... 5-53
5.11 Tolerance in Surface Levels of the Pavement Structure ....................................... 5-58
6 WORKS SUPERVISION GUIDELINES AND PROCEDURES ................................................6-59
6.1 Construction Methodologies ................................................................................ 6-59
6.2 Works Requests and Request for Inspections (RFIs)............................................ 6-59
6.3 Dayworks Requests (Orders) ................................................................................. 6-61
6.4 Site Instructions (Instructions to Contractors) ...................................................... 6-62
6.5 Contractor Produced Drawings ............................................................................. 6-62
6.6 As-built Drawings .................................................................................................. 6-64
6.7 Site Inspections, Daily Reports and Diaries ........................................................... 6-66
6.8 Mechanical Plant and Machinery .......................................................................... 6-67
6.9 Contractors Personnel.......................................................................................... 6-68
6.10 Weather Records................................................................................................... 6-69
6.11 Final Documentation ............................................................................................. 6-69
7 SURVEYING GUIDELINES AND PROCEDURES .................................................................7-73
7.1 Setting Out Of Centreline ...................................................................................... 7-73
7.2 Establishing Working Bench Marks ....................................................................... 7-73
7.3 Cross-Sections ....................................................................................................... 7-73

1-2
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

7.4 Setting out of Structures ....................................................................................... 7-74


7.5 Quantity Survey Requirements ............................................................................. 7-74
8 QUANTITY SURVEY GUIDELINES AND PROCEDURES .....................................................8-75
8.1 General Services .................................................................................................... 8-75
8.2 Method of Measurement ...................................................................................... 8-75
9 BRIDGE / CD STRUCTURES CONSTRUCTION GUIDELINES AND PROCEDURES ..............9-77
9.1 General Requirements .......................................................................................... 9-77
9.2 Setting Out ............................................................................................................ 9-77
9.3 Foundation Works ................................................................................................. 9-77
9.4 Sub-structure Works ............................................................................................. 9-77
9.5 Super-structure Works .......................................................................................... 9-78
9.6 Maintenance of Records ....................................................................................... 9-78
10 ENVIRONMENTAL ........................................................................................................10-79
10.1 General ................................................................................................................ 10-79
10.2 Pre-Construction / Early Construction Period Activities ..................................... 10-79
10.3 Environmental Monitoring Program ................................................................... 10-79
10.4 Monitoring of Earthworks Activities ................................................................... 10-80
10.5 Environmental Safety .......................................................................................... 10-80
10.6 Monitoring of Contractors Facilities, Plant and Equipment .............................. 10-80
10.7 Post-Construction Environmental Activities ....................................................... 10-80
11 METHOD STATEMENT FOR SURVEY IN HIGHWAY WORK ...........................................11-82
12 METHOD STATEMENT FOR EXCAVATION OF ROADWAY ............................................12-84
13 METHOD STATEMENT FOR EMBANKMENT WORK .....................................................13-89
14 METHOD STATEMENT FOR SUBGRADE WORK ............................................................14-94
15 METHOD STATEMENT FOR GRANULAR SUB BASE WORK ........................................ 15-100
16 METHOD STATEMENT FOR WET MIX MACADAM WORK ........................................ 16-104
17 METHOD STATEMENT FOR PRIME COAT ................................................................. 17-108
18 METHOD STATEMENT FOR TACK COAT.................................................................... 18-110
19 METHOD STATEMENT FOR BITUMINOUS MACADAM ............................................. 19-112
20 METHOD STATEMENT FOR SEMI DENSE BITUMINOUS CONCRETE ......................... 20-114
21 CHECKLIST FOR CLEARING AND GRUBBING ............................................................. 21-116
22 CHECKLIST FOR EARTHWORKS ................................................................................. 22-118
23 CHECKLIST FOR PROTECTIVE WORKS ....................................................................... 23-122
24 CHECKLIST FOR GRANULAR SUBBASE ...................................................................... 24-123

1-3
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

25 CHECKLIST FOR WET MIX MACADAM ...................................................................... 25-124


26 CHECKLIST FOR LAYING PRIME COAT ....................................................................... 26-126
27 CHECKLIST FOR LAYING TACK COAT ......................................................................... 27-128
28 CHECKLIST FOR BITUMINOUS MACADAM ............................................................... 28-129
29 CHECKLIST FOR BITUMINOUS LAYERS (DBM, BC) .................................................... 29-131
30 TYPICAL CORRECTIVE ACTION PLAN FOR ASPHALTIC LAYERS PLACEMENT ............. 30-139
31 CHECKLIST FOR TEMPORARY DIVERSIONS ............................................................... 31-141
32 CHECKLIST FOR STRENGTHENING OF EXISTING TWO LANES ................................... 32-142
33 CHECKLIST FOR ROAD FURNITURES ......................................................................... 33-143
34 CHECKLIST FOR CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENTS ................................................... 34-147
35 CHECKLIST FOR PIPE CULVERTS ................................................................................ 35-152
36 CHECKLIST FOR SLAB CULVERTS AND BRIDGES ........................................................ 36-155
37 CHECKLIST FOR FORMWORK INSPECTION ............................................................... 37-159
38 CHECKLIST FOR REINFORCEMENT INSPECTION ....................................................... 38-161
39 CHECKLIST FOR INSPECTION BEFORE APPROVAL TO CONCRETE ............................. 39-162
40 CHECKLIST FOR POST CONCRETING INSPECTION ..................................................... 40-163
41 CHECK LIST FOR BATCHING AND POURING OF CONCRETE ...................................... 41-164
42 CHECK LIST FOR CONCRETING WORK OF SUPERSTRUCTURE .................................. 42-165
43 CHECKLIST FOR CONTRACTOR'S SITE MANAGEMENT ............................................. 43-167
44 CHECKLIST FOR CONSTRUCTION SUPERVISION ....................................................... 44-170
45 FORMATS FOR MAINTAINING TEST RECORDS ......................................................... 45-173

1-4
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

MESSAGE FROM THE CHIEF PROJECT OFFICER, SHDP

The work of creating the Project Monitoring and Construction Manual for SHDP is indeed a
commendable one. Standardization of monitoring processes is very important for
institutional development and strengthening. Particularly for large sized projects spread
across the state with an aggressive timeframe for completion, the use of technology and
standardization is absolutely essential to control the direction of project.

Karnataka has been in the forefront of technology since the days of Sir M Vishweshwaraya
and today it is renowned for its prowess in Information Technology. Use of appropriate
technology is the key to successful engineering. SHDP has adopted the latest cutting edge
technology like Rich Internet Application integrated with Mobile Applications for monitoring
the works and the Manual emphasizes its use.

I place my appreciation on record to the Engineers of SHDP for having brought out an
excellent manual.

C Mruthyunjaya Swamy, K.E.S.

1-5
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

Message from The Chief Engineer, SHDP

SHDP has embarked on standardizing the construction supervision methods and the monitoring
process for all its projects. Utilizing the latest technologies available to us in the field of Information
Technology we have adopted the best practices of Project Management for managing our works.

The need for transparency, speed in execution, combined with strong quality assurance processes
have the guiding principles in formulating this manual. We have incorporated extensive use of mobile
technology and web based systems for our monitoring procedures. This manual is but an evolving
guide for reference of our Engineers. Needless to say, at work site, better engineering judgment
based on experience and context shall prevail.

I welcome comments and suggestions from our fellow Engineers for further improvement as part of
the evolution of this manual. I hope we can make this manual as a standard for the entire
department.

R Prasad, K.E.S

1-6
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

1 INTRODUCTION
The Government of Karnataka through Public Works, Ports and Inland Water Transport
Department is taking up improvements and upgradation of State Highways as a part of
improvements to Core Road Network in the State of Karnataka.
The Phase-1 works include improvements to Core Road Net Work of about
3724 km at a cost of Rs. 1423.00 Crore and are being implemented under various
Packages on tender basis. The works are spread over entire State and is time bound.
The Construction works include but are not limited to:
Strengthening the existing road by providing overlays and/or rebuilding the
insufficient crust at stretches including providing overlays.
Resurfacing of the existing road for providing smooth riding surface.
Construction of side drains.
Providing Road markings and Road Furniture.
Traffic management and Maintenance of diversion road.
Environmental protection measures.
The Project Implementation Unit - State Highway Development Projects at Bangalore,
(PIU-SHDP) is headed by Chief Project Officer for monitoring and implementation of
these projects. The total Works Programme is financed by the SHDP, in the State of
Karnataka.
PIU-SHDP has procured the services of reputed consultants for Construction supervision,
Project Monitoring and Quality Assurance of the projects for supervision of civil works to
be carried out by the Qualified Consultants with satisfactory experience in implementing
projects of similar nature and size.
The objectives for Construction supervision, Project Monitoring and Quality Assurance
are:
A. To ensure high quality of construction with full compliance to the Engineering
Designs & Drawings, Technical Specifications as per conditions of contract within
the time schedule.
B. Monitoring construction activities to ensure that adequate Contract
Administration is achieved and assist in taking remedial measures to avoid
slippages, cost overrun, delays by the contractor.
C. Ensure safety during construction and adherence to all Environment
Management Regulations prescribed under the contract.

1-7
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

1.1 Purpose of Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual


This Manual is a reference guide for efficient, safe and consistent supervision of the
works in strict conformance to the Specifications and other Contract requirements. It is
based on standard procedures for state highway widening construction projects of this
type, with specific guidelines and forms, where appropriate based on the practice in
India in conformance with MORT&H and IRC. In all cases, however, it is important that
all users of this Manual understand that the Contract Documents including the
Specifications are the controlling documents for the quality assurance process.

It is to be noted that although the intention of this Manual is to provide a guide for
efficient, high quality construction and safety, adherence to the adopted guidelines does
not necessarily supersede judgment based on good engineering practice in all cases.
There is always a case for periodic review and update of relevant guidelines and
procedures, and hence the Manual is to be viewed as a continuously evolving guide
rather than a fixed direction.

1.2 List of Work Packages in Phase-I


The proposed construction to be taken up in Phase-1 consists of the 65 packages is noted in
the table below.
PACKAGE DESCRIPTION LENGTH
NO (KM)
1 IMPROVEMENTS TO PADUBIDRI-CHIKKALGUDDA SH-01 FROM KM 318.50 TO 35.25
356.96 (35.25 KM) (IN SELECTED REACHES) IN KALGHATAGI TALUK,
DHARWAD DISTRICT
2 2 (A) IMPROVEMENTS TO KALMALA SHIGGAON SH-23 FROM KM 273.61 TO 51.41
KM 284.51 (LAXAMESHWAR TO KUNDGOL TALUKA BORDER ) (IN SELECTED
REACHES) PACKAGE NO: 2 (B) IMPROVEMENTS TO NAVALAGUND-BANAVASI
SH-137 FROM KM 4.90 TO KM 18.30 (NAVALAGUND TO ANNIGERI ) (IN
SELECTED REACHES) PACKAGE NO : 2 (C) IMPROVEMENTS TO SUPA-ANNIGERI
SH-28 FROM KM 41.31 TO KM 68.42 (HALIYAL TALUKA BORDER TO
DHARWAD) (IN SELECTED REACHES) IN DHARWAD DIST.
3 IMPROVEMENTS TO KARWAR-ILKAL SH-06 FROM KM 199.73 TO KM 271.60 70.66
(IN SELECTED REACHES) IN SHIRAHATTI & IN GADAG TQ OF GADAG DISTRICT
4 IMPROVEMENT TO KARWAR - ILKAL SH -06 FROM KM 271.06 TO KM 310.81( 37.32
IN SELECTED REACHES)
5 5A)IMPROVEMENTS TO SINDHANUR-HEMMADGA SH-30 FROM KM 117.80 TO 54.25
KM 149.0 (IN SELECTED REACHES) 5B)IMPROVEMENTS TO RARAVI-BELUR SH-
63 FROM KM 16.20 TO KM 185.70 (IN SELECTED REACHES)
6 IMPROVEMENTS TO MUNAVALLI- KOTAMUCHAGI SH-83 FROM KM 63.14 TO 41.36
KM 104.50 (IN SELECTED REACHES)
7 IMPROVEMENTS TO BAGALKOTE -BILIGIRIRANGANABETTA SH-57 FROM KM 41.38
126.51 TO KM 167.89 (IN SELECTED REACHES) IN SHIRAHATTI & IN GADAG TQ
OF GADAG DISTRICT
8 IMPROVEMENTS TO BAGALKOTE TO BILIGIRIRANGANABETTA SH-57 FROM 44.51
KM 72.27 TO KM KM 126.51 IN (SELECTED REACHES) IN RON & GADAG TQ OF
GADAG DISTRICT

1-8
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

9 IMPROVEMENTS IN SELECTED REACHES OF EKKUMBI-MOLKALMUR SH NO.2 56.96


FROM KM 8.20 IN HANGAL TALUKA TO KM 88.49 IN HAVERI TALUKA AND
PACKAGE NO.9B: IMPROVEMENTS IN SELECTED REACHES OF HAVERI-SAGAR
SH NO.62 FROM KM 9.63 IN BYADGI TALUKA TO KM 57.20 IN HIREKERUR
TALUKA.
10 IMPROVEMENTS IN SELECTED REACHES OF BAGALKOTE- 25.83
BILIGIRIRANGANABETTA SH-57 FROM KM 196.72 TO 236.83 IN RANEBENNUR
TALUKA.
11 IMPROVEMENT TO BIRUR - SAMMASAGI SH - 76 FROM KM 125.01 TO KM 31.09
189(IN SELECTED REACHES)
12 IMPROVEMENTS TO KUMTA TADAS SH-69 FROM KM 0.00 TO 27.15 ( IN 59.25
SELECTED REACHES) IN KUMTA TALUKA AND IMPROVEMENTS TO KARWAR
KAIGA ILKAL SH-06 FROM KM 0.50 TO 69.40 ( IN SELECTED REACHES ) IN
KARWAR TALUKA.
13 13A)IMPROVEMENTS TO KUMTA - TADAS SH-69 FROM KM 40.00 TO 83.70 (IN 76.04
SELECTED REACHES IN SIRSI TALUKA) AND 13B) KARWAR-ILKAL SH-06 FROM
KM 69.40 TO 125.80 (IN SELECTED REACHES IN YELLAPUR TALUKA)
14 PACKAGE 14)(A) IMPROVEMENTS TO KHANAPUR - TALAGUPPA SH-93 FROM 69.04
KM 0.00 TO KM 34.58 (IN SELECTED REACHES) PACKAGE (B) IMPROVEMENTS
TO YARAGATTI - BABALESHWAR SH-55 FROM KM 7.50 TO KM 28.46 AND (C)
IMPROVEMENTS TO JAMBOTI - RABAKAVI SH -54 FROM KM 29.74 TO KM
54.28 (IN SELECTED REACHES)
15 15 A) IMPROVEMENT TO PADDUBIDRI - CHIKKLAGUDDA SH - 01 FROM KM 79.69
478.77 TO KM 497.35(IN SELECTED REACHES) 15 B) IMPROVEMENT TO JATH -
JAMBOTI SH-31 FROM KM 0.00TO116.82 KM (IN SELECTED REACHES) 15 C)
IMPROVEMENT TO KAGAWAD - KALADAGI SH-53 FROM KM 0.00 TO 15.7KM
(IN SELECTED REACHES) 15 D) IMPROVEMENT TO MANGASULI -
LAXMESHWAR SH-73 FROM KM 79.03 TO 114.80 KM (IN SELECTED REACHES)
16 IMPROVEMENTS TO NIPPANI KOTTALAGI SH-72 FROM KM. 0 TO 67.45 63.95
(EXCLUDING FROM KM 57.20 TO KM 58.18) (IN SELECTED REACHES)
17 PKG-17-IMPROVEMENTS TO NIPPANI KOTTALAGI SH-72 FROM KM. 57.20 TO 69.99
58.18 & KM 67.45 TO 151.81(IN SELECTED REACHES) IN ATHANI TALUKA OF
BELGAUM DISTRICT
18 PACKAGE NO.18 18A. IMPROVEMENTS TO BAGALKOT 46.38
BILIGIRIRANGANABETTA SH-57 FROM KM.0.00 TO 29.38 (IN SELECTED
REACHES)()18B . IMPROVEMENTS TO YARAGATTI BABALESHWAR SH-55 FROM
KM.42.41 TO KM.78.79( IN SELECTED REACHES) OF BAGALKOT DISTRICT
19 (PKG19)-IMPROVEMENTS TO (19A) SHIRADON LINGASUR SH-41 FROM 52.99
KM0.0 TO 71.43 KM (IN SELECTED REACHES)IN INDI TALUKA &(19B)
IMPROVEMENTS TO SHIRADON LINGASUR SH-41 FROM KM 71.43 TO KM
100.73 KM ( IN SELECTED REACHES )IN SINDAGI TALUKA OF BIJAPUR
DISTRICT.
20 (PKG20)-(20A)IMPROVEMENTS TO SHIRADAN- LINGASUR SH -41 FROM KM 62.52
100.73 TO 131.18 (IN SELECTED REACHES) IN B.BAGEWADI TALUKA &(20B)
IMPROVEMENTS TO SHIRADAN- LINGASUR SH-41 KM 131.18 TO 176.78 )(IN
SELECTED REACHES) IN MUDDEBIHAL TALUKA OF BIJAPUR DIST.

21 IMPROVEMENT TO KAMPLI - BELLARY SH-132 FROM KM 0.0 TO 69.20 KM (IN 69.09


SELECTED REACHES)

1-9
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

22 (1) IMPROVEMENTS TO SANDURU - SIRUGUPPA ROAD SH-49 FROM KM 27.00 45.28


TO 73.73 AND FROM KM 0.00 TO 2.60 OF SH-25 IN HOSPET TQ - (2)
IMPROVEMENTS TO SANDURU - SIRUGUPPA ROAD SH-49 FROM KM 73.73 TO
106.23 IN SIRUGUPPA TQ -(IN SELECTED REACHES)

23 (1) IMPROVEMENTS TO HAMPI-KAMALAPUR-H.B HALLI ROAD SH-131 FROM 64.03


KM 0.00 TO 22.70 IN HOSPET TALUK (IN SELECTED REACHES) - (2)
IMPROVEMENTS TO HAMPI-KAMALAPUR-H.B HALLI ROAD SH-131 FROM KM
22.70 TO 73.20 IN SANDUR TALUK(IN SELECTED REACHES)

24 24 A).IMPROVEMENT TO MYLAR - TORANAGAL SH - 40 FROM KM 0.0 TO KM 57.04


97.33 (IN SELECTED REACHES) 24 B).IMPROVEMENT TO MYLAR - TORANAGAL
SH - 40 FROM KM 104.0 TO KM 109 (IN SELECTED REACHES)
25 PKG 25A, 25B & 25C IMPROVEMENTS TO - HAMPI - HAGARIBOMMANAHALLI 46.22
SH-131 FROM KM 96.45 KM 137.00 OF KUDLIGI TQ, FROM KM 187.90 TO KM
198.75 OF H.B. HALLI. TQ. ARABHAVI - CHALLAKERE ROAD SH-45 FROM KM
239.00 TO KM 261.02 OF KUDLIGI TALUK (IN SELECTED REACHES)
26 26A). IMPROVEMENTS TO MUDHOL-YERAGERA SH-127 FROM 134.91 KM TO 57.5
177.24 KM IN MANVI TALUK,RAICHUR DIST. (IN SELECTED REACHES)
26B).IMPROVEMENTS TO MUDHOL-YERAGERA SH-127 FROM 177.24 KM TO
207.96 KM IN RAICHUR TALUK, RAICHUR DIST.(IN SELECTED REACHES.)
27 27 A) IMPROVEMENT TO DEODURG - BELLARY SH - 128 FROM KM 21.0 TO KM 64.71
76.24 (IN SELECTED REACHES) 27 B) IMPROVEMENT TO DEODURG - BELLARY
SH - 128 FROM KM 0.0 TO KM 21.0 (IN SELECTED REACHES)
28 28A.IMPROVEMENTS TO WANMARPALLI RAICHUR SH-15 FROM 332.05 KM 45.11
TO 346.29 KM IN RAICHUR TALUK, RAICHUR DIST. 28B.IMPROVEMENTS TO
MANAGOLI BICHAL SH-61 FROM 161.00 KM TO 191.87 KM IN DEODURGA
TALUK,RAICHUR DIST.
29 29 A) IMPROVEMENT TO RARAVI - BELUR SH-63 FROM KM 32.5 TO KM 44.98 52.51
(IN SELECTED REACHES) 29 B) IMPROVEMENT TO SRIRANGAPATNA - JEWARGI
SH-19 FROM KM 477.0TO KM 505 (IN SELECTED REACHES) 29 C)
IMPROVEMENT TO MANAGULI - BICHAL SH-61 FROM KM 239.03 TO KM
251.05 (IN SELECTED REACHES)
30 IMPROVEMENTS TO KALMALA TO SHIGGAON ROAD SH-23 FROM KM. 162.45 55.13
TO 203.58 AND GINIGERA-GONDABAL MDR FROM KM. 4.57 TO 20.90 (IN
SELECTED REACHES) IN KOPPAL TALUK, KOPPAL DISTRICT.
31 IMPROVEMENT TO UMARGA - SULEPETH SH-32 FROM KM 70.42 TO KM 47.58
118.00 (IN SELECTED REACHES)
32 32A)IMPROVEMENTS TO GULBARGA-JEWARGI-SINDAGI MDR VIA CHIGARALLI 95.5
CROSS JOINING YADRAMI FROM KM 0.00 TO KM 52.00 (IN SELECTED
REACHES)IN JEWARGI TALUKA, (PACKAGE NO-32 A), 32B) IMPROVEMENTS TO
SRIRANGAPATTANA-JEWARGI SH- 19 FROM KM 573.00 TO KM 592.00 (IN
SELECTED REACHES)IN JEWARGI TALUKA (PACKAGE NO-32 B) AND
32C)IMPROVEMENTS TO MUDHOL-YERAGERA SH-127 FROM KM 0.00 TO KM
24.50 (IN SELECTED REACHES)IN SEDAM TALUKA(PACKAGE NO-32 C) OF
GULBARGA DIST
33 IMPROVEMENT TO AURAD - SADASHIVGAD SH-34 FROM KM 138.67 TO KM 63.2
206.4 (IN SELECTED REACHES)

1-10
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

34 IMPROVEMENTS TO MUDHOL - YELEGERA SH-127 FROM KMS 40.73 TO 83.64 60.5


(IN SELECTED REACHES) & IMPROVEMENTS TO SH-51 (BASAVAKALYAN-
RAICHUR ROAD) FROM KMS 171.42 TO 192.30 IN YADGIR TALUKA & DIST.
YADGIR.
35 IMPROVEMENTS TO ROAD FROM HUMNABAD-BIDAR, SH-105, (CORRIDOR- 36.7
06) FROM CHAINAGE 0.00 TO 45.40 KM (SELECTED REACHES) IN HUMNBAD,
BHALKI AND BIDAR TALUKA, OF BIDAR DISTRICT
36 IMPROVEMENTS TO ROAD FROM WANMARPALLI-RAICHUR (SH-15) FROM 80
CHAINAGE 0.00 TO 90.60 KM (SELECTED REACHES) IN AURAD TALUKA, BIDAR
TALUKA & HUMNABAD TALUKA OF BIDAR DISTRICT
37 IMPROVEMENTS TO AURAD-SADASHIVGAD ROAD SH-34 FROM KM 0.00 69.51
TO138.67KM (IN SELECTED REACHES)IN BASAVAKALYAN ,BHALKI AND AURAD
TALUKAS OF BIDAR DISTRICT
38 IMPROVEMENT TO HUNASANHALLI - CHIKKAHALLI SH-03 FROM KM 0.0 (TN 83.27
BORDER) TO 83.67 KM (IN SELECTED REACHES)
39 IMPROVEMENTS TO KOTHAPALLI MASTI ROAD SH-99 FROM KM 0.00 (AP 99.4
BORDER) TO KM 103.40 ( TN BORDER) (IN SELECTED REACHES)
40 40 A) IMPROVEMENT TO SIRA - NANJANGUDU SH - 84 FROM KM 13.75 TO KM 39.58
49.25 (IN SELECTED REACHES) 40 B) IMPROVEMENT TO HUNASANAHALLI -
CHIKKAHALLI SH - 03 FROM KM 165.88 TO KM170.08 (IN SELECTED REACHES)
41 IMPROVEMENTS TO BAGALAKOTE- BILIGIRIRANGANA BETTA ROAD (SH-57) 46.2
FROM KM 610.30 TO 656.50 KM (IN SELECTED REACHES).
42 A) IMPROVEMENTS TO RAMNATHAPURATERAKANAMBI ROAD (SH-86) IN 34.71
NANJANGUD TALUK, MYSORE DISTRICT. FROM CH. 107.35 TO 118.4 KM B)
IMPROVEMENTS TO SIRA-NANJANGUD ROAD (SH-84) IN T.N.PURA TALUK
FROM CH. 198.54 TO 209.74 KM & NANJANGUD TALUK, MYSORE DISTRICT
FROM CH. 226.93 TO 242.41 KM
43 IMPROVEMENT TO RAMANATHAPURA - THERAKANAMBI SH - 86 FROM KM 69.06
7.80 TO KM 107.35 (IN SELECTED REACHES)
44 IMPROVEMENTS TO BANGALORE-JALSUR SH-85 FROM CH:112.40 TO 60.49
153.30KM IN SELECTED REACHES OF MANDYA DISTRICT AND IMPROVEMENTS
TO MANDYA- HADAGALI SH-47 FROM CH:22.95 TO 55.40KM (IN SELECTED
REACHES) IN MANDYA DISTRICT.
45 45A) IMPROVEMENTS TO MANDYA-HADAGALI SH-47 FROM CH:0.690 TO 40.93
22.950KM (IN SELECTED REACHES) IN MANDYA TALUK. 45B) IMPROVEMENTS
TO ROAD FROM SIRA-NANJANGUDU SH-84 ROAD FROM CH:171.420 TO
198.54KM IN MANDYA TALUK AND MALAVALLI TALUK.
46 IMPROVEMENTS TO SRIRANGAPATNA-ARASIKERE ROAD (SH-7) FROM CH:4.50 55.92
TO 60.42KM (IN SELECTED REACHES) IN MANDYA DISTRICT.
47 (47A) IMPROVEMENTS TO HULIYARU - KERALAPURA ROAD SH-102 FROM KM 59.21
75.28 TO KM 99.08 (IN SELECTED REACHES)(47B) IMPROVEMENTS TO
HULIYARU - KERALAPURA ROAD SH-102 FROM KM 99.08 TO KM 144.39 (IN
SELECTED REACHES)
48 (48A)IMPROVEMNETS HIRISAVE - CHATTAHALLY ROAD.SH-8 FROM KM 0.00 65.03
TO KM 41.835 (IN SELECTED REACHES) (48B)IMPROVEMNETS
SRIRANGAPATANA - ARASIKERE ROAD. SH-7 FROM KM 61.48 TO KM 91.27 (IN
SELECTED REACHES)(48C)IMPROVEMNETS SRIRANGAPATANA - ARASIKERE
ROAD. SH-7 FROM KM 91.27 TO KM 117.52 (IN SELECTED REACHES)

1-11
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

49 IMPROVEMENTS TO HULIYARU - KERALAPURA ROAD SH-102 FROM KM 15.00 54.58


TO KM 75.28 (IN SELECTED REACHES)
50 50(A)IMPROVEMENTS TO BELUR- KODLIPET (SH-110) ROAD FROM CH 0.00 TO 43.54
20.20 KM(IN SELECTED REACHES) IN BELUR TALUK HASSAN DISTRICT
KARNATAKA STATE PAKAGE & 50(B) IMPROVEMENTS TO ROAD (SH 57)
IMPROVEMENTS TO BAGALKOTE- BILIGIRIRANGANABETTA FROM CH: 452.50
KM TO 475.84 KM(IN SELECTED REACHES) IN BELUR TALUK, HASSAN DISTRICT
51 51(A)IMPROVEMENTS TO HIRISAVE CHATTALLI ROAD SH-8 FROM KM 80.80 38.2
TO 94.20 KM(IN SELECTED REACHES) IN ARAKALAGUDU TALUK, 51(B)
IMPROVEMENTS TO HIRISAVE CHATTALLI ROAD SH-8 FROM 105.55 KM TO
129.97 KM(IN SELECTED REACHES) IN SAKLESHPUR TALUK AND
51(C)IMPROVEMENTS TO HULIYAR - KERALAPURA ROAD SH - 102 FROM KM
144.39 TO 150.252 KM(IN SELECTED REACHES) IN ARKALAGUDU TALUK,
HASSAN DISTRICT.
52 IMPROVEMENTS OF BELUR - KODLIPETE ROAD SH-110 FROM CH 20.20 KM TO 46.5
68.70 KM IN ALUR TALUK, HASSAN DISTRICT, KARNATAKA STATE(IN SELECTED
REACHES)
53 53: A) IMPROVEMENTS TO ROAD FROM MALPE TO MOLAKALMUR ( SH-65) 43
FROM 91.50 TO 114.50 KM ( IN SELECTED REACHES ) B) IMPROVEMENTS TO
VIRAJPET - BYNDUR SH 27 FROM 167.45 TO 187.45 KM (IN SELECTED
REACHES )
54 IMPROVEMENTS TO GANGAMULA -KOTTIGEHARA SH-66 FROM KM 0.0 TO 89.95
KM 89.95 (IN SELECTED REACHES)
55 IMPROVEMENTS TO PADUBIDRE-CHIKKALAGUDDA SH-1 FROM KM CH.76.80 50.5
TO 138.00 (IN SELECTED REACHES)
56 IMPROVEMENTS TO SIRSI -HOSANAGAR SH-77 FROM KM 28.50 TO KM 59.16 54.11
& KM 59.16 TO KM 87.20 (IN SELECTED REACHES) IN SORABA AND SAGARA
TALUK, SHIMOGA DIST.
57 IMPROVEMENTS TO PADUBIDRE - CHIKKALGUDDA SH- 1 FROM KM 138.00 TO 52.32
KM 169.16 (IN SELECTED REACHES) IN SAGARA AND HOSANAGARA TALUK
AND IMPROVEMENTS TO SIRSI - HOSANAGAR SH-77 FROM KM 87.20 TO KM
115.30 (IN SELECTED REACHES) IN HOSANAGARA TALUK SHIMOGA DIST.

58 PACKAGE-58 58A) IMPROVEMENTS TO MANDYAHADAGALI SH-47 FROM KM 58.1


207.70 TO KM 267.30 (IN SELECTED REACHES) 58B) IMPROVEMENTS TO
KUMATA-KADAMADAGI SH-48 FROM KM 227.20 TO KM 246.76 (IN SELECTED
REACHES)
59 IMPROVEMENTS TO KUMATA - KADAMADAGI ROAD (SH-48) FROM KM 82.41
246.76 TO KM 348.91( IN SELECTED REACHES)
60 IMPROVEMENTS TO MALPE - MOLAKALMUR ROAD SH-65 FROM KM 337.95 32.42
TO 381.45 IN SELECTED REACHES CHITRADURGA DISTRICT.
61 61 A) IMPROVEMENTS TO MALPE - MOLAKALMUR ROAD SH-65 FROM KM 68.79
186.35 TO 338( IN SELECTED REACHES) 61 B) IMPROVEMENTS TO MANDYA -
HADAGALI ROAD SH-47 FROM KM 261.25 TO 278.5( IN SELECTED REACHES)
62 62 A) IMPROVEMENTS TO MANGALORE-ATHRADI (SH-67) ROAD FROM CH 89.97
23.42 TO 36.420KM IN SELECTED REACHES 62 B), IMPROVEMENTS TO
SUBRAMANYA-UDUPI (SH-37) FROM CH 0.00 TO 36.40 KM IN SELECTED
REACHES 62 C), IMPROVEMENTS TO SUBRAMANYA-MANJESHWARA(SH-100)
FROM CH KM 28.80 TO 92.92 KM ROAD IN SELECTED REACHES

1-12
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

63 IMPROVEMENTS TO BANGALORE-JALSOOOR SH-85 FROM KM 291.51 TO KM 42.5


335.71 (IN SELECTED REACHES )
64 64 A) IMPROVEMENTS TO MANGALORE ATHRADY ROAD (SH-67) FROM 55.31
KM.36.48 T TO KM 71.01 (IN SELECTED REACHES ) 64 B) IMPROVEMENTS TO
SUBRAMANYA - UDUPI ROAD (SH-37) KM 105.70 TO KM 150.40 (IN SELECTED
REACHES )
65 65 A).IMPROVEMENTS TO HUNSUR- TALACUVERY SH-90 FROM KM 61.00 TO 74.93
KM 117.50 (IN SELECTED REACHES) 65 B) IMPROVEMENTS TO VIRAJPET-
BYNDOOR SH-27 FROM KM 0.00 TO KM 100.19 (IN SELECTED REACHES)
66 IMPROVEMENTS TO KUDLIGERE- KAMMARAGHATTA ROAD FROM KM 21.70 14.1
TO KM 35.80 OF SH-115 (IN SELECTED REACHES)

1-13
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

2 ORGANISATION AND ADMINISTRATION OF CONSULTANCY


SERVICES

2.1 Organisation of Consultancy Services


Consultants Organisation
The organisation for the Construction Supervision Consultancy Services is in accordance with
that included in the Consultants Proposal Methodology and subsequently included in the
Contract Agreement. The construction work package is to be administered under the PMC
organisation headed by the Team Leader (PMC)
2.2 Devolution of Engineers Responsibilities
The Team Leader (PMC)
In accordance with the provisions of the Terms of Reference (TOR), the Consultant will
appoint the Team Leader for the consultancy services to take charge of performance of such
services. The necessary responsibilities to effectively carry out the functions of the Engineer
related to the construction projects will be delegated to some of his senior staff.
Notwithstanding such delegation, the Engineer will retain overall responsibility for ensuring
that the appropriate provisions of the contract are fully complied with. The Engineer may
revoke these delegated powers at any time.
The consultant shall make all engineering decisions required for the successful and timely
implementation of the construction contracts, and shall have all the powers defined as those
of the Engineer with few exceptions for which the consultant will have to seek prior approval
of PIU, SHDP.
2.3 Duties and Responsibilities of the Team Leader & Consultants Engineers
The powers and duties of the Team Leader (Engineer) are defined by the Conditions of
Contract. The Key Personnel listed by title as by name are to be approved by the SHDP. It is
the responsibility of the Engineer and, through delegation, to supervise and administer the
construction contracts.
The principal responsibilities of the Engineer and his staff, as in the TOR will be, but not
limited to, the following:
(i) Advice, suggest modification, if required and approve Contractors Work Program
including activity scheduling and resource programming.
(ii) Asses minimum construction equipment, plant and machinery requirements, by type
and specification and monitor and regularly update the list of the Contractors
equipment, plant and machinery deployed in order to keep a check on the
Contractors mobilization and progress of works.
(iii) Ensure a system of Quality assurance of works, approve materials and source of
materials, review all bituminous mix designs, granular base and sub base courses job
mixes and concrete mix designs proposed by the contractor and approve/suggest
modifications in the mix design, laying methods, sampling and testing procedure and
2-2
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

quality control measure to ensure required standard and consistency in quality, at the
commencement of the activity.
However, the Team Leader shall perform the duties as mentioned but not limited to the
following:
(i) Assist Employer in proper monitoring of progress of works and implementation of
project.
(ii) Prepare and issue monthly and quarterly progress reports along with detailed quality
control test statement in an approved format and also prepare detailed contract
completion report
Other Responsibilities of the Engineer will be to carry out all such duties which are essential
for effective implementation of the construction contract.
Time is the essence of this contract. The consultants shall be more proactive and shall not sit
on administrative requirements/ literal meaning of the contract in following certain
procedures by the contractor. The role of the consultants shall be more of facilitating the
contractor to perform better without compromising on the quality of works.
The Consultants will outline norms and procedures to be applied for administration,
construction supervision and contract management of the project. A representative list of
forms and procedures can include:
Procedures for quality control;
Guidelines and forms for soils / materials testing;
Guidelines for evaluating Contractors work schedule;
Check lists for inspection;
Written interpretation of any of the specification and other contract documents which
are not explicitly clear;
Forms for recording site measurements;
Forms for processing the payments to be made;
Forms for construction records relating to labour and materials;
Forms for site instructions;
Forms for variation orders;
Forms for the monthly / quarterly progress reports;
Format for the weekly / daily reports;
Guidelines for project record keeping and filing;
Guidelines and forms for conducting partial hand-over and final hand-over
inspections, etc.
Other responsibilities of the Consultant may include:

2-3
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

A copy of Quality Assurance Manual submitted by the construction contractor will be


reviewed before commencement of civil works.
Assist/advise Client for advance actions required to be taken for handing over of site
and in achieving different milestones/sections for completion of project as per
schedule.
To verify the quantities of all items in the BOQ and suggest modifications to the same
if necessary as per the prevailing site conditions, for the approval of the Client.
Assist Client in proper monitoring/progress of works and implementation of project
through computer aided project management system (PMS) and Management
Information System (MIS).
To write a day by day project dairy which shall record all events pertaining to the
admission of the contract, request from and orders given to the Contractor, any other
information which may at a later date be of assistance in resolving queries which may
arise concerning execution of the works.
Prepare and issue monthly and quarterly progress reports along with detailed quality
control test statement in an approved format and also prepare detailed contract
completion report.
To advise the Client on all matters relating to execution of the works, claims from the
Contractor and to make recommendations thereon, including the possible recourse to
arbitration.
To carry out any other duties relevant to the project agreed during the negotiations
2.4 Assignment of Staff Tasks
The assigning of specific tasks to all staff members of the designated organisation is to ensure
efficient and consistent carrying out of the Services in accordance with the devolution of
contractual responsibilities.
It should be noted that the definition and distribution of specific tasks for staff members was
based primarily on the Contract Agreements Terms of Reference requirements for specific
positions (and hence on the qualifications and experience of the individuals approved for
these positions). Specific levels of task responsibilities is structured to permit some
overlapping of task assignments (but not overlapping of the responsibility for that task) to
provide the opportunity for checking of task implementation by superiors, and to provide for
task sharing, as necessary, to meet works implementation requirements (e.g. when the
Contractor will have double work shifts, or when staff is unavailable due to sickness, holidays,
etc.). Task responsibilities are also established based on an attempt to divide the total work
effort required reasonably equally among the total staff available for the specific activity.
The entire staff is to be made aware that slight shifts in staff responsibilities will be necessary
throughout the conduct of the Contract, due largely to the changing nature of the type(s) and
volume(s) of works and related activities that occurs as the works progresses. Further, all
staff are to understand that a number of additional tasks, generally of a relatively limited or
short-term nature, will be assigned to individual staff during the course of the Contract. At
other times staff members will be drafted to assume temporary roles within their expertise
2-4
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

for tasks assumed by others that require additional input. This will generally result during
periods of high activity, including near the end of each month when reporting duties place
additional constraints on individual staff.

2.5 Correspondence Files


Control is to be exercised over all files to ensure that correspondence is not lost, damaged or
misplaced, to ensure that it can be readily located when required, and to ensure that it is
made available to only those authorized to view and/or make use of it.
All tasks related to filing, maintenance of files, file security, etc. are the responsibility of the
Document Controller. These files are maintained in a designated room/area that is secured
by a lock.
A Project cross-referencing system shall be adopted for the Project to ensure that all
correspondence is answered as required. This system is based on the timely and accurate
completion and updating by the Secretary and Office Manager of the Correspondence Cross-
Reference Log.
All outgoing correspondence is recorded on a standard Outgoing Mail Register book.
The Reference Number is sequentially numbered. For example, in the letter reference No.
TL/SHDP/P-01/2013/007:
1. TL indicates that the letter is written by the Team Leader
2. SHDP indicates that the letter is written to the Employer
3. P-01 indicates that the letter concerns Work Package P-01
4. 2013 indicates the year that the letter was written
5. 007 is the letter Number
Telephone Conversations
All relevant telephone conversations from or to construction supervision staff, the Employers
or Contractors Representative and which concerns the state or control of construction
activities, contractual matters, decisions or directions regarding construction procedures, or
any other aspect of the Project which has effected, or may effect the construction
implementation, etc., are to be recorded using written notes and treated as meetings as
described. This means the written document must contain all relevant details (e.g. time,
date, correspondents, message details, etc.), and be recorded in the relevant correspondence
logs. Copies of the written messages are to be made immediately to all relevant consultancy
staff, including the immediate supervisor, who may be interested in the issue discussed
during that telephone conversation. Telephone conversations with individuals and
organisations not directly contracted to the Project are to be dealt with as discussed in Sec.
below.
Contacts with Utilities Companies, Government Agencies and the Public
All contacts made with individuals and organisations not directly related to the Contractor or
the Employer are to be handled in a courteous manner. In all cases, except where public
knowledge information such as fax number or address is requested, the contacting individual

2-5
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

or organisation is to be referred immediately and directly to the Office Principal (Team Leader
or Engineer). Under no conditions is any staff member to provide contact related information
to outside contacts. As noted in Sec. above for telephone conversations, the results of all
significant contacts of this type are to be recorded in writing and filed in accordance with
established correspondence filing procedures.

2.6 Diaries
All technical Consultancy Site supervision staff, including professional, sub-professional and
field staff, are to complete and maintain daily diaries that record all relevant activities under
their responsibilities and supervision. Diaries are the most important part of record keeping
for construction supervision as it provides necessary details required for subsequent
resolution of problems, contractors claims, etc.
The format to be adopted for each diary varies from position-to-position, and for different
activities and responsibilities being carried out at the time for each position. Standard
formats are set by immediate supervisors, and are approved ultimately by the Team Leader
(for Project Office staff) and the Resident Engineer (for site supervision staff). In many cases,
however, standard formats are not required (e.g. for the Key Staff), and in these cases
appropriate entries can be entered into daily diaries in a sequential fashion.
These diaries are to be submitted regularly for review and assessment to immediate
supervisors. In addition, reviews by more senior staff are made periodically, depending on
the relative positions of the staff members, and the specific activities monitored.

2.7 Project Photographs and Videos


General
Project photographs and videos are to be taken by the Consultants according to the
Consultants agreement in order to document initial site conditions, to provide a pictorial
record of progress of the various stages/facets of the Works and to record issues-related
events. The types, subjects, numbers, etc. of the photographs and video compact discs are to
be in accordance with the situation.
Procedures
1. The Team Leader and other staff designated by the Team Leader will photograph
special features and construction related issues as they occur.
2. The Team Leader is to arrange to photograph and video the initial condition of the
alignment (one photograph per kilometre, with the kilometre noted in the photo) as
well as each of the bridge sites and any other project component considered to be of
special concern or interest. All photographs and videos are to be in digital format and
be of the types that automatically record the date onto the photograph/video.
3. Photographs should be taken before and after with reference to some permanent
landmarks/reference points.
4. All negatives will be stored on hard disk in files (one folder per contract) in date order

2-6
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

5. All photographs will be stored on hard disk in files (one folder per Contract) in date
order
6. Where applicable, photographic records (roll no., frame no.) and video records
(DVD/CD number) of appropriate photographs and videos are to be included with
works orders, day works orders, etc. and recorded in the filing system.
7. Where applicable, records of relevant photographs and video discs are to be entered
against the appropriate item in the quantity/quality reports.
8. Team Leader and other designated staff, shall photograph events, special features and
issues as they occur to ensure photographic record.
9. A collection of relevant photographs are to be included in each of the Consultants
Monthly and Quarterly Progress Reports.
10. Where relevant, copies are to be made of specific videos and then edited and spliced
as necessary to provide visual aids for presentations etc.
Responsibilities
The Team Leader (PMC) Representative will:
Establish a central photo and video negative register on a specific computer.
Take before-and-after and other record photographs and videos as necessary.
Monitor the maintenance of the registers.
Documentation and Records
All Project photographs and video discs are to be documented and recorded in their
respective registers.
The registries are to be administered under the Team Leader, but the day-to-day filing,
recording and maintenance of these records are to be carried out by the Computer Operator.

2.8 Quality Audits


Purpose of Audits
The purpose of conducting Quality Audits is to detect administrative procedures that are at
variance with those required by the contract and/or as set out in the contract administration
procedures within the present Manual.
Auditing Procedures
1. The Quality Assurance Representative (to be nominated by the Team Leaders
Representative) will prepare a Quality Audit Plan for the Project that will specify the
scope, type and frequency of Quality Audits to be undertaken. Audits may be of the
following types:
- Procedures Audit.
- Systems Audit, or
- Product Audit.

2-7
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

2. The nominated auditor will give at least 7 days notice in writing to the Team Leaders
Representative of the intended audit and will specify which aspects of the works are
to be audited.
3. Prior to the audit being undertaken, the auditor will prepare checklists of specific
details of procedures to be audited.
4. At the start of the audit, the auditor will hold an audit opening meeting to explain the
purpose and procedure to be adopted for the audit with the Team leaders
Representative and any other persons involved in the audit. Attendees at the meeting
will complete an attendance sheet.
5. The auditor will undertake the audit using the prepared checklists. Any non-
conformance identified is to be recorded on the Notification & Corrective Action
Request form. A separate form will be competed for each non-conformance.
6. At the completion of the audit, the auditor will hold a closing meeting with the Team
leaders Representative and others to explain the results of the audit and to handover
any Non-conformance Notification & Corrective Action Requests. The Engineers
Representative will sign the requests signifying that he understands the nature of the
non-conformance.
7. The auditor will forward an audit report to the Team leaders Representative within 14
days giving a full account of the audit undertaken. Originals of Non-conformance
Notifications and Corrective Action requests will be attached to the report for action
by the Engineers Representative.
8. The Team leaders Representative will propose a disposition to correct the non-
conformance and the auditor must concur with the proposed disposition for it to be
considered acceptable. The Team leaders Representative will also undertake action to
prevent a recurrence of any non-conformance.
9. The auditor will follow up on any proposed actions as a result of the audit and will
complete the close out section of the form when satisfied that action has been
undertaken in a satisfactory manner.
Auditing Responsibilities
The Quality Assurance Representative will:
Prepare a quality audit plan for the project, and
Maintain records of quality audits undertaken.
The auditors will:
Give notice of intended audits;
Prepare checklists for use during an audit;
Undertake the audit and complete any Non-conformance Notifications & Corrective
Action Requests necessary;
Concur with proposed satisfactory dispositions and follow up on any dispositions or
corrective actions to be undertaken; and
2-8
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

Complete an audit report for each audit.


The Engineers Representative will:
Propose dispositions for non-conformances and propose corrective actions, and
Undertake action to prevent a recurrence of any non-conformance or to correct any
non-conformance.
2.8.4 Auditing Documentation and Records
Quality Audit Checklists.
Non-conformance Notification & Corrective Action Request Forms.
Audit Reports.

2-9
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

3 CONTRACTUAL GUIDELINES AND PROCEDURES


3.1 Construction Supervision Services
The Consultants Scope of Services is clearly detailed in the Terms of Reference (TOR), which
states that the SHDP will employ a Consultancy Firm to undertake supervision of the Civil
works and that the Consultant will appoint a Team Leader as defined in the Construction
Contract documents. In general, the Duties and Responsibilities of the Engineer can be
categorized as follows:
Principal Responsibilities of the Engineer
Other Responsibilities of the Engineer
According to the TOR, the Principal Responsibilities of the team leader will be, but not limited
to, the following:
i. Assist Employer in proper monitoring of progress of works and implementation
of project.
ii. Prepare and issue monthly and quarterly progress reports along with detailed
quality control test statement in an approved format and also prepare detailed
contract completion report

3.2 Contractors Works Programme


Based on deadlines specified in the Contract, the Contractor in accordance with Contract is
required, to submit a Works Programme to be approved by the Engineer that provides for
completion of the Works in accordance with these deadlines. Approval by the Engineer is
given based on completeness (i.e. includes all activities) and accuracy (activities are properly
sequenced) of the proposal, and on comparison of total output of the Contractors scheduled
mobilized equipment, with the types and actual quantities of works scheduled to be
completed, during each month of the specified construction period. An additional check is
made to ensure that outputs for relevant activities are reduced realistically during the
monsoon period.
Following approval of the initial Contractors Works Programme, the programme is revisited
periodically in order to appraise the need for changing the proposed scheduling of activities
to be in line with actual construction Progress. In cases where deviations from the proposed
schedule are significant enough to raise concern, with regards to the Contractors ability to
complete the works on time, the Contractor is to be required to provide an acceptable
revised program to catch-up and meet the original deadline requirements (e.g. he may need
to mobilize additional equipment, or work additional hours per week, etc.).

3.3 Consultants Programme of Services


Although the Consultant is required to meet specific deadlines for submittal of reports and
for promoting early commencement of the Works, for the day-to-day activities, the
Consultant is required to adjust his Programme of Services to meet the demand by the
Contractors Works Programme as it unfolds in real time. This need for the Consultant to be
ready and able to react efficiently and effectively to the day-to-day demands, resulting from
3-10
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

the Works activities, is the primary reason for ensuring that a suitable Construction
Supervision Manual is made available to, and used by, all Consultancy staff.

3.4 Issue of Engineering Design Drawings


General
The Engineering Design Drawings depicting the designs and scope of works are legal
documents which form an integral part of the Contract, and the Contractor is required to
perform the work in accordance with them. Sub-Clause on Care and Supply of Documents of
the Works Contract notes that, The Drawings and Specifications shall be in the custody and
care of the Employer(SHDP). Unless otherwise stated in the Contract, two copies of the
Contract and of each subsequent Drawing shall be supplied to the Contractor, who may make
or request further copies at the cost of the Contractor.
Consequently, to achieve proper administration of the Contract the transmittal of the
approved design drawings, and subsequently submitted drawings related to works and
dayworks orders, must be handled with circumspection and properly recorded at all stages
to avoid unnecessary disputes and claims.
Submission of Approved Design Drawings
1. The Supervision Consultant will review the Contract Drawings with regard to accuracy
and completeness, and will make recommendations to the Employer based on their
Terms of Reference regarding revisions, corrections, additions, etc. to be carried out
for the designs.
2. Following completion of the incorporation of any revisions together with any further
required drawings instructed by the Employer, the Employer is to approve the revised
drawings and issue them to the Team Leader for submittal to the Contractors. All
drawings are to be signed and transmitted officially.
3. The Contractor will then be issued with two (2) sets of approved construction
drawings which have been marked Good for Construction, signed and dated.
4. To expedite start of the work, the drawings may be issued in groups rather than as a
complete set, and / or only parts of specific drawings may be approved for
construction at any one time.
Works and Drawings
In allocating priorities for working drawing preparation, the following aspects are to be taken
into account:
A. Contractors approved construction program and construction sequence.
B. Delivery times for construction materials.
C. Fabrication times for manufactured items.
D. Any design work or shop drawings required from the Contractor.
Review, Revision and Recording of Drawings

3-11
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

The review, revision and control of the record-keeping of all Contract drawings are to be
carried out in accordance with the following guidelines:
a. The Senior Engineers will review the drawings and note any drawings inconsistent
with contractual obligations.
b. All drawings issued to the Contractor will first be checked by the Senior Engineers for
Variations implications from the Scope of Works or departures from the
Specifications. The results of this check will serve to initiate, if necessary, the
appropriate procedure for issue of a Variation Order and in such an event, will
report same to the Team Leader.
c. If necessary, the Team Leader will liaise with the Designer to ensure the Designer is
aware of any drawing that is inconsistent with the contractual obligations or that
may give rise to a variation. This will give the designer the opportunity to
reconsider or confirm the revised drawing prior to issue to the Contractor.
d. When any drawing is revised, copies of the revised drawings should be issued to the
Contractor with the revisions clearly marked.
e. After issue of drawings to the Contractor, the Planning Engineer in coordination with
the Senior Contract Specialist and Senior Quantity Surveyor will update the master
set of drawings and Drawings Issued Register.

3.5 Starting of the Works


After signing of the Contract, and issue of the Letter of Acceptance (LOA), the actual start of
the works activities can commence upon completion of the following:
The Engineer instructs the Contractor to Commence the Works.
The Employer gives the Contractor total or partial possession of the site.
The Engineer receives the Contractors notice for commencement of the physical
works of a particular section.
Commencement of Works
Upon receipt of the Notice to Commence Works from the Team Leader(PMC) as stipulated
under Commencement of Works of the Works Contract, the Contractor shall commence the
execution of the Works as soon as is reasonably practicable, and shall then proceed with the
Works with due expedition and without delay.
Possession of the Site
With the Team Leader giving the notice to the Contractor to Commence the Works, the
Employer has the responsibility for giving to the Contractor the extent of the portion(s) of the
Site as specified in the Contract Documents.
Commencement of the Physical Works
Construction activities can only start on-site upon receipt by the Team leader of a notice for
commencement of the physical works from the Contractor for commencement of a specific
Works activity.

3-12
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

Commencement of the Works-


1. Possession of the Site.
2. Provision of Insurance by the Contractor.
3. Approval by the Engineer of the Contractors quality management system, described
in a Quality Assurance Plan, with relevant details for works to be executed.
4. Approval of Contractors Equipment to be used in the requested works.
5. Approval of Contractors key personnel associated with the requested works activity
6. Approval of Contractors Detailed Work Programme for carrying out the Works..
7. Submission by Contractor and subsequent approval by the Team leader of Request
for Inspection Form (RFI) for the works activity proposed, and that it includes all
relevant details for requirements listed above.
It should be noted, however, that notice for commencement of works is all that is needed for
some of the basic initial activities related to Project start-up, such as Setting Out and
preliminary works of some of the structures for construction under the Contract.

3.6 Variation Orders


Purpose of a Variation Order
Variation Orders, covering changes and extra works, are used to change specific conditions of
the Construction Works Contract, including alterations, additions and deletions. Such
changes, which are made by the Engineer when, in his opinion, it is necessary for the proper
implementation of the Contract, are to be executed through Variation Order.
Examples of typical changes that may be accomplished by use of a Variation Order are:
1. To change contract documents, plans and / or specifications, including any
change in Item quantities, payment and contract time resulting there from.
2. To order extra work or to delete work and to specify the method and amount
of payment, including any changes in quantities and contract time resulting
there from.
3. To change contract time including any change in payment resulting there from.
4. To effect changes to the levels, positions and/or dimensions of any part of the
Works.
5. To effect payment after settlement of a claim.
All Items covered by an approved Variation Order are incorporated into the Contract. When
the Variation Order is signed by all Parties, its provisions and terms are equally binding upon
the Parties as is the Original Contract.
Preparation of a Variation Order
The initiation of Variation Orders may be made, at any time prior to issuing of the Taking-
Over Certificate, by either the Engineer or the Contractor. It may also be requested by the

3-13
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

Employer, if required, in which case the C.E/SHDP shall take appropriate actions for a
Variation Order in their behalf.
Payment of a Variation Order
a. Payment Under Existing Contract Items
Whenever new and unforeseen work is merely an extension of, or additional work of the
same character as that performed under an existing contract pay item, that work should be
done at the existing contract item unit price.
b. Payment at New Rate
New or unforeseen work that cannot be paid for under an existing contract pay item should
be paid for at a new rate. If agreement cannot be reached with the Contractor, Engineer has
the option of fixing a rate.
Consider the method of work and compensation carefully before preparation of a new rate.
Detail carefully the steps of the work to be performed and what forces the Contractor will
most probably use. Cooperative analysis with the Contractor is encouraged and is invaluable
in saving time and eliminating future difficulties.
A New Rate is determined by making a detailed estimate of the quantities and costs; this
should be prepared by the Quantity Surveyor and verified by the Team leader as reasonable.
This detailed estimate is made independently by the Quantity Surveyor using production
rates based on judgment and experience along with the Daywork rates, if applicable, as
provided in the Bill of Quantities (BOQ). Such an estimate should be used to confirm an
agreed or fixed rate or lump sum price established by the TL and/ or offered by the
Contractor.
Execution of Variation Order in an Emergency
There may be conditions where immediate approval of a Variation Order is necessary due to
an emergency. In such a case, oral approval of the V.O. should be obtained from KPWD/SHDP
and the work performed without delay. Thereafter the Variation Order should then be
processed at the earliest possible time.
Variation Order Processing Procedure
The following general procedure for processing of Variation Order shall be followed:
a. Once TL realizes the need for a V.O., a preliminary proposal may then be developed
from his end along with the details like justifications, drawings, quantity estimates,
financial implications etc., along with his recommendations.
b. He then submits the same to Team Leaders Office for further processing.
c. Team Leader and his Senior Staff review the said proposal,
d. Team Leader discusses the matter with Employer for their initial consent and
appreciation of the V.O. A draft V.O. is then prepared at Team Leaders office.
e. Draft V.O. sent to RE for review, comments, and discussion with Contractor.
f. Approved or corrected draft is returned for final typing and reproduction by RE.
g. Signing of finalized V.O. by RE, Contractor and Team Leader.
3-14
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

h. Submittal of Final V.O. to CPO, PIU, SHDP by the Team Leader for the Chief Engineers
signature.
i. Throughout this process the V.O. will be duly logged by RE on a status of Pending
Variation Order Form.
j. Upon SHDPs approval, copies of the V.O. are distributed by the Team Leader to all
concerned.

3.7 Contractors Claims


General
Every effort must be made by the CSC to avoid claims from the Contractor. However, in the
event that claims arise, procedures to be followed by the Contractor are included in Clause 20
of the Particular Conditions Part-B and the General Conditions of Contract.
Types of Claims
Claims generally fall into two basic categories; claims for extra payment and claims for
extension of time.
Claims by a Contractor usually arise from:
i. encountering adverse conditions or obstructions which could not
reasonably have been foreseen at the time of bidding,
ii. adverse situations of any sort which are beyond the Contractors control
and which result in delay of progress of the works and/or significant
increased cost to the Contractor.
The Contractor may provide details of a claim to the Engineer at any time (see specifics in
Contract Documents) after the event and during the time of the Project provided that he has,
within the time period specified, given written notice to the Engineer of his intention to make
a claim.
Notice of Intention to Claim
Prior to claims being formulated in detail, the General Conditions of Contract require the
Contractor to state within a certain time period his intention to claim. This intention should
take the form of a letter to the Engineer.

When submitting his Notice of Intention to Claim, the Contractor must include:
1. Number and title of the claim,
2. Section of the Contract under which the claim is made,
3. Brief explanation of the basis of the claim,
4. Effect of the claim may have on approved CPM scheduling of the works,
5. Approximate cost to the Project of the claim,
6. The start date of activities or conditions, etc. which are the cause of the claim.

3-15
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

All the above information is given without prejudice to the Contractors later formal
submission of the claim. It is the responsibility of the RE to advise the Team Leader
concerning the Contractors intention to claim and in coordination with the key staff to
comment on its substance.
Recording Relevant Details
When notice has been received of an intention to claim it is the duty of the TL/DTL and the
Contractor to record full details of all the facts and circumstances relevant to any matter that
may be the subject of the claim. Where agreement on facts cannot be reached, separate
records should be kept and reasons for disagreement carefully noted. Such records are
essential to both the Engineer and the Contractor for the subsequent adjudication and
settlement of the claim.
Formal Submission of a Claim
a. When formally submitting a claim to the Engineer, the Contractor must include:
b. Number and title of the claim including statement that this is a formal submission of
the claim,
c. Section of the contract under which the claim is made,
d. Full and detailed particulars of the basis for the claim. This must include a reasoned
argument from the Contractor together with all supporting evidence of facts and
circumstances,
e. Presentation of comprehensive analysis showing basis for any claim for time
extension,
f. Details of additional costs and expenses claimed,
g. A statement on whether or not the submitted claim is final, and if not, whether the
Contractor is requesting a payment on account.

3.8 Forecast Final Costs


The role of Consulting Engineers engaged in Construction Supervision includes not only the
checking of the quality and quantity of the Works performed by the Contractors, but also all
financial aspects associated with the implementation of the Contract. The Employer has
established a certain budget for each contract, and it is an integral part of the Consultants
responsibilities to control and monitor that budget, i.e. to make sure that actual expenses will
not go beyond that budget; or in case this happens, to anticipate and fully inform the
Employer.
In order to control the budget, an estimate of the Forecast Final Cost (FFC) of the Contract will
be produced every quarter. The Quantity Surveyor of every RE Office shall have the
responsibility, under the supervision of the respective team leader to produce such a
forecast.
The FFC will be established using information from the BOQ with the following to be added:
the works already completed by the Contractor and deemed to be paid and which
are known accurately,
3-16
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

and the works remaining to be completed which are mere estimates.


The addition of completed works and works to be completed will provide the Forecast Final
Cost.

3.9 Health and Safety


General
The Conditions of Contract state that the Contractor is responsible for the safety of all site
operations and methods of construction, for the safety of persons on site, and for the
installation of such facilities as will protect the Works, the public and the environment from
injury or damage.
As a Contract requirement, compliance with safety regulations is enforceable by Contract
administrative procedures as are all other specifications requirements.
Safety Officers
To fulfil his Contract commitments, the Contractor shall designate, from within his
organisation, an individual responsible for all safety measures, standards and procedures.
All Safety Coordinators (Contractor and Consultant) must be familiar with highway and bridge
construction procedures and equipment, safety standards and procedures, construction zone
traffic management and be able to recognize and to anticipate unsafe conditions created by
the Contractors operations. It is not intended that the Safety Coordinators carry the total
responsibilities for the monitoring of the construction safety activities, but rather (as the
name coordinator implies) he should lead in these activities. As such, his responsibilities
include the general education of all staff with regard to safety requirements, and the
motivation of all staff to think and to work cognizant of safety implications.
Safety Coordinators are required to submit to the Team leader, written reports for all
incidents involving accidents, as well as for any and all instances wherein the Contractors
construction procedures, faulty equipment, etc. are considered to pose unsafe conditions,
and where although informed of this unsafe condition the Contractor has not immediately
corrected the situation. All significant safety related activities and events are to be reported
as part of the Environmental Officers Monthly Report to the Team leader.
Workers Safety
It is required that the Workers safety be given deliberate attention throughout the duration
of the Contract. Safety discussions shall be documented in the Contract files, and should
cover at least the following items:
The Contractors Accident Prevention Program
A Code of Safe Practices
Insurance details as required by the Contract
Provision, use, regulations and training programs for the supply and wearing of hard
hats and other safety equipment.
Medical/Health Center (to be provided by the Contractor)

3-17
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

Emergency Procedures and contact details for reporting accidents and receiving
emergency medical attention and information.
Issuance of permits and/or inclusion of safety related guidelines/requirements in
approved works methodologies and/or Inspection Request Forms for commencement
of specific work activities. These are particularly required for high-risk activities such
as blasting operations, trench shoring, false work and scaffolding, pile driving, and for
work in confined spaces or high above the ground.
A record of all disabling or fatal accidents, and all instructions regarding safety (note:
all such accident reports and safety instructions are to be forwarded to the Team
Leader and Employer for their information and possible action).
Details of accidents are to be recorded by the Contractors Safety Officer. This Accident
Report shall be signed by Consultants Safety Coordinator and the TL.
It is to be noted that the Contractor is responsible for maintaining an orientation / training
program to assure that all personnel are acquainted with the basics of construction safety.
The frequency of the training is to be based on a minimum of one hour per employee per
year.
In administering this part of the Contract, the Team leader is required to see that the
Contractor properly provides for the safety of the workers. However, under no circumstances
should the Contractor be instructed orally or in writing on how to correct a deficiency. Any
condition considered to be unsafe should be identified, and any specific regulation that
applies to this condition, if known, should be noted.
Traffic Management
The Special Provisions to Specifications provides that, Two weeks before undertaking work
which would involve any obstruction whatsoever to traffic the Contractor shall submit, for the
Engineers approval, a traffic Control Plan; and the Plan shall include:
i. Drawings for any temporary diversions away from the existing carriageway.
ii. Details of the traffic management measures to be used where traffic will use part of
the existing carriageway; these shall include the traffic arrangements proposed to
be in place after the cessation of work each day.
The Traffic Control Plan shall conform to the typical arrangements shown in the road works
drawings, or as otherwise directed by the Engineer. Special consideration shall be given in the
preparation of the Traffic Control Plan to the safety of pedestrians and workers and
delineation of the roadway at night.
The Engineers written approval of the Traffic Control Plan, including any temporary
diversions, shall be obtained by the Contractor before any work is commenced.
The Contractor shall appoint a Safety Officer who shall have a day-to-day responsibility for
implementing and maintaining all safety measures.
The Environmental Management Plan is to be read along with this Clause.
Persistent breaches of the safety provisions by the Contractor and his employees shall
constitute a sufficient cause for actions and penalties.
3-18
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

Implementation by the Consultant of the above requirements is to be coordinated between


the Team leader and the Site Engineer (since he will coordinate approval of the Contractors
Request For Inspection (RFI) forms), with monitoring to be coordinated by the Safety
Coordinator (i.e. the Environmental Engineer). This organisation structure is adopted in
recognition that the design and approval of the Contractors Traffic Management programs
for specific works activities are best administered as part of the Contractors Methodology
and Approval Request Form proposals to be submitted for approval by the Team leader
prior to commencement of each Works activity.
The basic guidelines and procedures to be adopted by the relevant Consultants staff in
approving and administering the Contractors Traffic Management Programs are as follows:
1. The Contractor is to develop and attach to each RFIs a proposed program of Traffic
Management for each specific works activity.
2. In general, each Traffic Management proposal will consist of a narrative citing the
basic methodology and plan for control of traffic, the staffing and equipment for
effecting this plan, and the hours of the day for which this plan is to be implemented
(including any changes in plan due to night and/or rainy conditions, etc.). The
program should be accompanied by a suitable drawing, where appropriate, clearly
delineating the exact locations of all staff, signs, equipment, etc.
3. The Site Engineer, assisted where required by the Safety Coordinator or other
specified staff, is to review, and to recommend either: approval, approval subject
to (stipulated changes/additions) or rejection (reasons noted). All results of
reviews are to be transmitted to the officer administrating the RFI, and to the TL (who
will ultimately approve/disapprove the RFI).
4. An Approval Request Form is not to be approved if the Traffic Management Plan is
rejected.
5. Following approval of the RFI, the relevant field staff (e.g., the Field Engineer -
Highways) . are to ensure that:
All approved Traffic Management safety procedures (i.e. flagmen, signs,
barricades, lights, etc.) are in place, properly positioned, and operational prior
to commencement of the approved construction activities.
That field staff ensure that the Contractor maintains the approved Traffic
Management program, making any indicated changes for daytime/night-time
conditions, etc.
That the site engineer, Safety Coordinator and all other field staff monitor the
safety and effectiveness of the Traffic Management programme as
implemented, and make appropriate changes to this programme as warranted
by the conditions, and as indicated as the works activities progress. All
changes to the approved program are to be detailed in the daily dairies kept by
staff.
Particular care is to be exercised by the Contractor, and monitored by the
Consultant, during setting up and removal of the Traffic Management
Infrastructure prior to the start, and upon completion of the works activity.
3-19
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

6. Details regarding Traffic Management programme components that are found to be


particularly effective or ineffective are to be communicated to the Safety Coordinator for
assisting in the development and assessing of future Traffic Management proposals.

3-20
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

4 PROJECT MONITORING GUIDELINES & PROCEDURES


4.1 INTRODUCTION
SHDP has adopted the Backend Project Management System (PMS), a web based software for
monitoring of its construction work packages. The relevant details of the software application
are outlined below:

4.2 About Backend Project Management System (PMS)


Backend Project Management System or PMS is a fully integrated centralized web-based
enterprise level software solution for infrastructure project management comprising of
monitoring daily activities system, mobilising and demobilising staff and equipment
management system, planning management system, subcontractor management system,
contract administration system, store management system, equipment maintenance system,
tools and report generation. PMS helps to manage various infrastructure project resources by
integrating all business management functions. PMS helps to integrate all departments and
functions across a project into a single web based system that can serve different
departments' particular needs thereby helping various departments to easily share
information and communicate with each other.
Backend Project Management System is highly scalable and capable of enabling of the
application for multi-location sites user access over the internet and capable of integrating
with SMS delivery for enabling timely alerting on critical activities of the project and other
legacy applications or new modules that may be needed to develop at a later stage. The
application is equipped with a strongly encrypted security engine that has been fully
optimized and fine-tuned for maximising performance of the application. The application
encompasses a highly intuitive user interface and incorporates state-of-the-art design
methodologies.
Project Management System application is developed on latest cutting edge technology
covering all the functionalities and is capable of integration with Primavera, email exchange
server. The application provides a comprehensive set of MIS Reports and graphs both at
project level and project portfolio level.
Project Management System modules are also available for smartphones through Android
application.

4.3 Need for Backend Project Management System.


The key challenges for any organization in the context of project monitoring are
Obtaining the timely and accurate project progress data from the site.
Determining the data capture points, granularity of the data and the
frequency at which the data needs to be captured.
Deploying adequate number of skilled manpower having several years of
relevant domain expertise and rich experience in handling on-site operations
to obtain project data on a real-time basis.
The solution to these issues depends on the complexity of the project as well as the
information needs of the organisation. This challenge are resolved considerably by adopting
Backend PMS application which helps in strengthening the supervision team with a

4-21
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

comprehensive software tool that aids the best practices in the various business processes of
infrastructure Project management.

Backend Project Management System implementation helps in


Streamlining the business processes of infrastructure project management by
bringing in efficiency in the operational areas.
It provides the realistic, measurable and time benchmarked benefits.
It facilitates for better management of resources, reducing the cost of
operations and thus bringing down the processing mistakes.
It allows for improved planning at functional and process levels.
It helps for simultaneous activation of the decision centres because of instant
triggers or updates.
It offers for Business operation transparency between business partners
cutting down the execution time of critical business operations.
It provides efficiency and accountability in the entire project life cycle.

4.4 Information Flow in PMS


Backend Project Management System is hosted on the server for Project Monitoring. Various
Project Sites connect to the Backend Project Management System and update the project
progress on a regular interval. Sites where Internet connectivity is not available can update
the project progress with the help of SMS through mobile phones. Sites having internet
connectivity can update the project progress directly through the web based PMS software.

4.5 Technology used for building PMS Application


PMS application is designed on DotNet framework and uses Microsoft SQL Server Database.
DotNet is a software platform through which software programmers write programs for
development of application.
Microsoft SQL Server Database is a software product developed by Microsoft used for storing,
modifying, extracting, and searching for information.

4.6 Different Modules in PMS


PMS Project Menu defines all the PMS modules as below.
Planning This module helps to manage master tables, plan project activity, plan project
resources.
Monitoring & Alerts - This module allows users to enter daily activities, approve daily entries,
track on Quality tests, Upload Progress Photos and receive activity alerts.
Mob & Demob - This module features in mobilising staff/equipment in to a project and
demobilising staff/equipment from a project.
Quality - This module features in defining the quality test types and entering the number of
tests conducted against the number of tests that have passed.
Contract Administration - This module features in managing of contract documents,
Correspondence, Claims, Complaints, Instructions, Bill creation.

4-22
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

Constraints & Compliances This module features recording and rating different types of
constraints and compliances.
Dashboard & Reports - This summarises physical work progress, Financial Progress, Quality
control, Compliance.

4.7 Implementation Prerequisite


This implementation checklist describes information required prior to the start of
implementation activities. This checklist consists of all the data required at the start of
operations from the client managerial levels required for input in the PMS application
towards successful go live and rollout of the application.

4.8 Checklist of Documents for Implementation


The following is the checklist of documents required to be brought by the participants prior to
attending PMS training programme.
Project Details
Organizational structure (Organogram)
Approved Construction Plan
Project BOQ
Road Design
Milestone wise Chainage list
Chainage wise quantities
Structure List
Structure wise quantities
RFI list (If the construction work has already started)
List of IPCs
List of QC tests
List of Constraints (if any)
List of Design Issues(if any)
Project Documents (soft copy) -
o Agreement, work order, LOA etc.
o Strip Charts
o Drawings
o Site Photos

4-23
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

4.9 NAVIGATIONAL OVERVIEW


The goal in this module is for the members to learn knowhow to manipulate fields and
navigate the screens in PMS.

Enter system URL in the browser.


Enter the username and password to log in the system.

Select any of the work packages.

4-24
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

View Summary

The above screenshot indicates the Physical Progress Summary in Length (in km)
What you can see now is the Dashboard giving details of progress based on different
parameters.
Let us first understand different modules that generate this Dashboard.
Click Project Menu on extreme right of this screen.

The next screen shows you all modules in PMS.

4-25
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

Let us navigate through these modules.

Monitoring Module

Monitoring module features in entering all the Daily Activities, Quality Control Tests,
uploading Project Progress Videos, Approving Daily Entries and Store related Approvals,
uploading Progress Photos and status check of Reports.

4-26
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

Mob-Demob Module

Mob-Demob module facilitates in mobilising equipment, staff and demobilising staff and
equipment in a project.

Planning Module

Planning module facilitates in managing Master Tables, Project Activity management, defining
Rate Analysis for Project, Project Resource management and managing Project Organization
hierarchy.

4-27
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

Contract Administration Module

Contract Administration module features in storing of contract documents, claim


management, correspondence management, encumbrance or holds management, bill
creation, design issue management as in creating new design issues, variation order
management, defining compliance as in traffic, environment and safety compliances,
processing registered complaints, assigning complaints to different employees, processing
registered instructions and assigning instructions to different employees.

4-28
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

Tools Module

Tools module features in checklist management, drawing register management.

Reports Module

Reports module features in generation and viewing engineers views and engineers reports.

4-29
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

4.10 Monitoring Module

This module features in entering all the Daily Activities as in RFI entries, uploading Project
Progress Videos, uploading Progress Photos and Quality Control test details.
Works Progress
All the Daily activities as in RFI, Weather Log are entered in Daily Entries.
Physical
The physical work progress of the project is monitored through RFI entries. Entered RFI are
approved.
Financial
The Financial work progress of the project is monitored through approved billing.
Visuals
Progress Photos of Project are uploaded with Section details, Milestone details, Area Code
details, Chainage details; Image Name, Distance, Unit, Place and Date are added and viewed
here. Further filtering of Progress Photos can be done using the above parameters.
Progress Videos
Progress Videos of Project are uploaded with Section details, Chainage details; Video Date,
Distance and Place are added and viewed.
Approvals
This module features in approvals of All Daily Entries as per assigned user rights.

Quality Control Module


This module features in defining the quality test types and entering the number of tests
conducted against the number of tests that have passed.
Test Types
In this module the different test types are entered with job name, test frequency, total BOQ
quantity for the particular job code. The test name, test standard, minimum number of tests
to be conducted is defined for pavement and structures.
Test Clearance
This module allows capturing Quality Control Tests details for Pavements and Structures
under various Test Types and Test Names. Test Standard, Frequency of Tests, Total Quantity
of Tests, Quantity of Tests done and Quantity of Tests done in Current Month are mapped.

4-30
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

4.11 Contract Administration Module

This module
features in storing of contract documents, claim management, correspondence management,
encumbrance or holds management, bill creation, design issue management as in creating
new design issues, variation order management, defining compliance as in environment,
health and safety compliances.
Documents
This module is used to store contract documents. Documents can be stored in a folder
structure and it can be searched using document number, title, description, from date and to
date.
Variance
In this module additional quantity can be added or the existing BOQ item can be modified.
Correspondence can be added while preparing a variation order. Existing variation orders can
be filtered using a date filter option.
Design Issues
In this module new design issues can be defined and uploaded.
Correspondences
In this module incoming and outgoing correspondence are traced. Correspondence can be
sent with file attachment to employees. Correspondence can be searched with
correspondence number, subject and description.
Claims
In this module the claim for extension of time is prepared if there is a change in the project
schedule because of a constraint or if there is additional quantity added to the BOQ.
Correspondence can be added while preparing a claim.
Compliances
In this module the traffic, environment and safety compliances with compliances required as
per guidelines/specifications, compliances actual provided at site as per specification and
ratings are entered. Compliances are filtered using area code and month.
Encumbrances
In this module the constraints list can be viewed. Constraints can be filtered in terms of
constraints type, milestone, area code and chainage. New constraints can be added.
4-31
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

Constraints with Type, Total Quantum, Total Released and Remaining Quantum are
maintained here. Constraints quantum can be released here and Quantum Release History is
maintained.
RA BILLS
In this module the bills are prepared and the list of bill can be viewed. Advance deductions,
tax deductions, other addition/deductions to be made, payments received, are defined.

4.12 Reporting Module

This module features in generation and viewing engineers reports.

Engineers Reports

In this module the user can generate a list of reports namely:


Work Progress reports
Work Measured
Work Certified
Project Progress
Daily Progress
RFI List
4-32
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

Financial Progress reports


List of IPCs
IPC Summary
Bill Summary
Bill Details
Bills Status
Bills Ageing

Holds
Encumbrance
Design Issues

Compliance Reports
Health Safety
Environmental

Quality Control Tests


Pavements
Structures

Miscellaneous Reports
Bill Of Quantity
Variation Order
Claims

Weather Details

4-33
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

4.13 Dashboard Details

Dashboard summarizes the Project giving a view of Project Physical position (Time), Financial
Position (Money), Earned Value Analysis, Budget, Resources, Quality, Constraints, Compliance
and Visuals.

Time
Overall Project Physical Progress is shown in terms of Planned and Actual Achieved.
Milestone Progress is shown in terms of delay forecast in days.
Schedule Variance is shown.
Milestone wise Physical Progress is shown in terms of Actual and Planned
Area Wise Physical Progress is shown in terms of Actual and Planned
Major Activity Group Wise Physical Progress is shown in terms of Actual and Planned
Activity Progress is shown Section Wise, Job Code wise in terms of BOQ Quantity,
Planned Quantity and Quantity Done
Gantt Chart can be viewed.

Money
Overall Billing Progress is shown in terms of Planned and Actual
Cost Variance is shown
Milestone wise Financial Progress is shown in terms of Actual and Planned
Area Wise Financial Progress is shown in terms of Actual and Planned
Major Activity Group Wise Financial Progress is shown in terms of Actual and Planned
Activity Progress is shown Section Wise, Job Code wise in terms of BOQ Amount, Work
Done Amount and Billed Amount
Cash Flow
Unit Costing is shown Section Wise, Job Code wise.

4-34
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

Quality
Overall Quality in terms of Percentage Passed and Failed is shown.
Areas wise Quality is shown
Total tests Conducted, Passed and Failed is shown

Constraints
Total Pending Constraints are shown
Constraints are shown with Constraint Type, Total Quantum, Quantum Released and
Quantum Pending.
Quantum Release History is maintained

Compliance
Environment Health and Safety compliance are shown

Project Visuals
Project Progress photos are shown

4-35
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

4.14 Tools Module

This module features in Checklist, Drawings management.

Checklist
User can prepare Checklist of Pre Constructive Activities, Project Closure Activities,
Contractual Obligation Activity, Quality Control Obligation Activity, and Client Approval of
Material here.

Lessons Learnt
In this module users can track and document all the lessons learnt during the course of the
project.

Drawing Register
User can store Drawings used in the Project here in the pre-defined document structure.

4-36
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

4.15 Working on Project Communication Center


Backend Project communication centre software application is a value added functional utility
that enhances the effectiveness of team communication through constant information
sharing and work update through the use of technology.
In this session the end users shall be trained to navigate through communication center.

Connect all Project Members

4-37
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

Share Work News Feed

An Overview of Documents Section

4-38
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

Packages Details Uploaded

Photo Gallery under various Work Heads

4-39
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

Photo Commentary

4-40
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

5 QUALITY CONTROL GUIDELINES AND PROCEDURES


5.1 General
Works are to be constructed strictly in accordance with the Contract requirements:
- By ensuring that the construction works are in accordance with the technical
specifications.
- By following Quality Control standards to ensure the required consistency in quality.
- By monitoring and checking the day to day quality of the Works.
The basis for the Consultant to ensure the quality of the works is:
Implementation of the Quality Assurance Plan guidelines
Strict adherence to guidelines for approval of quarries and borrow areas, and all
construction materials
Controlled sampling of materials for testing
Establishment and maintenance of a fully equipped Field Testing Laboratory in
accordance with Specifications and implementation of standard procedures for
sample preparation, testing and analyzing and reporting testing results.
Implementation of an appropriate Acceptance Testing program of the completed
works in accordance with the Specifications and Contract requirements.

5.2 Approval of Quarries and Borrow Areas


The Contractor is to obtain approval from the Materials Engineer through the Team Leader
for each Quarry and Borrow Area to be used in the works prior to commencement of
quarrying and/or borrow area excavation activities. The primary considerations to be
considered by the Engineer in granting approval are:
The proposed materials meet specification requirements.
The Contractor has legal approval by the owner to excavate/remove materials from
the proposed quarry / borrow area.
The Contractor submits an acceptable Environmental Management Plan for use and
closing down of the proposed quarry / borrow area, together with any other approvals
or documents that may be required from the Ministry of Environment and Forests or
other concerned authorities.
The steps to be followed for approval of each Quarry / Borrow Area:
1. The Contractor is to give the details regarding size, location, orientation and access for
the proposed quarry / borrow area (rough map to be drawn). Also to be included are
the list of materials to be sourced for the Works (e.g. embankment, GSB, WMM, etc.),
and the estimated quantities for these materials.

5-41
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

2. The results of laboratory tests conducted on the materials jointly sampled with the
Consultants QC Engineer (or his designated representative) are to be summarized on
the approval form, and complete copies of all tests are to be attached to the form.
3. The Contractor is to attach to the completed Materials Sources Data form, a letter,
or some other form of written acknowledgement, that indicates that the owner of the
quarry / borrow area agrees to the Contractor removing the proposed types and
quantities of materials indicated in the form.
4. The Contractor attaches to the completed Materials Sources Data form, his
proposed Environmental Management Plan for development, use and closing down
of the proposed quarry / borrow area. Photographs of the source site, including
access roads, etc., should be included with the proposal so that the base line
conditions of the quarry/borrow area to be excavated can be clearly established.
5. Following receipt of the proposal for approval of quarry (s) / borrow area(s), the Team
Leader is to dispatch a team consisting of the Environmental Officer and Materials
Engineer to inspect the proposed site, who will then report on their findings to the
Team Leader.
6. Based on the Contractors proposal, and on the site inspection teams comments, the
Team Leader will within one week after receipt of the proposal reply to the Contractor
in accordance with the one of the following:
The proposed Quarry / Borrow Area is approved as proposed.
The proposed Quarry / Borrow Area is approved subject to one or more
required changes/additions/etc. (to be detailed by the Team Leader).
The Contractor is requested to revise and resubmit all or part of the proposal
submittal, giving details of required changes, additional requirements, etc.
The proposed Quarry / Borrow Area is rejected.
A. Selection of area:
Borrow Areas not to be within the Project Right-of-Way.
Borrow Areas preferred in non-productive, barren lands, raised lands, waste
lands, etc.
Borrow Areas to be located on agricultural land should first have the top 150
mm minimum removed and stockpiled. The stockpiled topsoil is to be
replaced and spread over the original area after excavation for borrow is
completed.
For quarry areas, particular care is to be taken to ensure that testing (and
approval) is given for only areas to be indicated on the plan for which the
materials have homogeneous properties. Similarly, the depth and extent of
overburden to be removed prior to quarrying is to be accurately measured and
clearly indicated.
B. Transport of Materials:

5-42
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

All movements and access of equipment to be stationed in the designated area


are to cause minimum compaction of the soil (in critical areas / situations, the
Engineer may require that all such equipment have tracks rather than wheels).
All transport vehicles are to be covered and have adequate covers, sides and
tailgates to prevent spillage of materials.
All transport vehicles are to select appropriate routes and delivery times, and
are to adopt safe driving habits so as to ensure the minimum of inconvenience
to affected village inhabitants, and to reduce accident potential. The
Contractor is responsible for the repair/maintenance of all roads and facilities
damaged by his transport equipment.
C. Development / Redevelopment of Borrow Pits and Quarries
Both during and following completion of the excavation activities in the
borrow areas, the Engineer, together with the Environmental Officer, are to
inspect the areas to ensure that the borrow pits and access roads are properly
graded and drained to ensure minimum erosion, and to prevent run-off from
either collecting or from damaging adjacent properties. All existing trees
within the boundary of the quarry/borrow area should be preserved and
protected.
Temporary stockpiles of blasted quarry materials and borrow area soils are to
be located so as to ensure smooth flow of traffic within the area and for access
to main roads, and are to be designed so as to minimize contamination and
damage from rainfall/run-off, etc.
Borrow Areas (except in cases where the landowner has agreed that the
borrow pit is to be excavated so as to form an appropriate pond for
agricultural purposes), will be redeveloped by filling and providing 150 mm.
thick layer of preserved topsoil. The Contractor is to also replace any
vegetation removed.
The Material Engineer and other consultancy field staff are to continue to
monitor the quarry/borrow materials both by periodic sampling and testing of
the materials as well as by visual assessment. As soon as tests indicate any
significant change in a materials property, or if a change is suspected visually,
then the material properties are to be verified by testing and if the variation(s)
is considered to be significant then a new application for approval of source
must be lodged, and the above procedure repeated.
It is to be noted that all field activities for the above are not to commence until appropriate
RFIs are completed, submitted and approved.

5.3 Approval of Materials


All materials proposed by the Contractor to be used in the Works are to first be approved. In
general, there are four types of materials to be approved:

5-43
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

1. Natural Materials - materials with little or no processing except for perhaps screening
for oversize and removal of unsuitable particles, etc. An example of this is soil
embankment materials.
2. Processed Materials materials that require significant processing, including removal
of unsuitable particles, crushing, screening and, perhaps, blending of sizes. These
materials are homogeneous, but with specified gradations. An example of this is Wet
Mixed Macadam Base Course.
3. Manufactured Materials specialty homogeneous construction materials, like
Portland cement and asphalt cement, that are used for blending with natural
materials (generally soil-aggregate) to obtain a suitable grading.
4. Designed Materials materials that involve the mixture, to specific proportions, of
two or more different natural, processed or manufactured materials to obtain a
modified material giving a set of desired specific properties. An example of this is
SDBC, DBM and Concrete Design Mixes.
Approval of each of the above material types is required, however the requirements for
obtaining approval of materials for each type differs slightly.
Approval of Natural Materials
Natural materials are mined (i.e. excavated) and hence the first step, following assurance that
the material(s) is acceptable for its intended purpose, is to obtain approval for the Borrow
Area or Quarry.
Approval of the material for construction is then obtained by submission of test results for all
tests required by the Specifications (i.e. to prove that the material meets all minimum
properties required), and, in some cases, by construction of trial sections to prove that this
material can be placed in the field so as to attain minimum required field properties (e.g. to
meet minimum density, etc.).
Approval of Processed Materials
Approval of processed materials follows that noted above for natural materials, except that
usually the specifications are tighter (e.g. the material may also have to meet stringent
gradation limits), and a greater variety of tests (and production / storage) conditions are
required to be met.
Approval of Manufactured Materials
Approval of manufactured materials, based on specific Specification requirements, is
generally given in two stages:
Initial Approval given prior to receipt of the materials based on submittal of
appropriate test results, etc. confirmed by the manufacturers certificates (note that
claims by manufacturers, or tests, etc. by distributors, etc. are not to be accepted).
Final Approval given based on initial approval plus positive results being obtained for
all acceptance tests required by the Specifications, and after a visit to the Plant
where the materials are sourced, by representative(s) from the Consultant.
Approval of Designed Materials
5-44
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

Approval of designed materials for the present Project concerns those mix designs for
Portland Cement Concrete (for concrete pavements, box culverts, bridges, etc.) and Asphaltic
Concrete (flexible pavement materials including bituminous macadam, dense bituminous
macadam, bituminous concrete, mixed seal surfacing, semi dense bituminous concrete and
seal coat). Due to the complexity of these mixed materials, and the plants for producing
the range of material sizes, final approval is deferred until completion of the following steps:
1. Approval of sources (generally quarries) for each of the processed material
constituents to be included in the final mix design.
2. Approval of each of the individual processed materials and manufactured materials to
be included in the final mix design.
3. Tentative approval of a laboratory based mix design, based on a mixture of approved
materials so that the mixture meets all Specification requirements.
4. Tentative approval of a plant mix design, based on proportioning of aggregate bins
materials and manufactured materials to closely approximate the proportioning of
material types/sizes finalized for the laboratory based mix design (i.e. and so that the
mixture still meets the minimum Specifications requirements).
5. Conduct trial section of works (off the work site) using the tentatively approved plant
mix design and placing the mixture in accordance with a previously approved
construction methodology that conforms to Specifications requirements.
6. Based on successful laying of the mixture in accordance to the approved
Methodology, conformance of the placed mixture to required placing temperatures,
levels and finish, etc., and conformance to quality control requirements as verified by
successful testing in accordance with the Specifications, the Materials Engineer is to
give final approval of the mix design based on the plant mix proportions.
Revocation (Withdrawal) of Materials Approvals
Following approval of the job mixture (i.e. the job mix formula), the Q.C Engineer, and all field
support staff are to continue to monitor both the test results and the visual characteristics of
the approved mix as placed to identify at an early stage any significant change in the mix
design that may adversely influence the adherence of the approved mix design to the
Specifications. A new mix design (or adjustment of the plant proportioning of materials to re-
establish the approved job mix formula) will be required when it is observed that significant
changes in the mix design properties are causing the mixture to no longer meet all
Specification requirements. In addition, a new mix design will be required when either the
approval of a material source or approval of one of the materials is revoked (i.e. withdrawn).
Reporting and Recording Materials Approvals
The Materials Engineer is to notify in writing the Team Leader and the Deputy Team Leader
(and the Contractor through the Team Leader) each time a new source, material and/or mix
design is either approved or the approval is revoked. This information is to be included in the
Monthly Quality Control Report to be submitted with the Monthly Progress Report.

5-45
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

Records are to be kept by the Materials Engineer giving current approvals of all Borrow Areas,
Quarries, Materials (all types) and Mix Designs for all BOQ items. These current summaries
are to be included as part of the Monthly Quality Control Report.

5.4 Sampling for Testing


Sampling Requirements
All construction materials to be used in the permanent works are to be sampled jointly by the
Consultant and Contractor prior to commencement of the Works. This includes sampling for
materials to be tested for proposing approval of the material source as well as sampling of
materials for approval of the individual construction materials. In both cases, and for each
instance, the Contractor must give notification of a request for such sampling to the
Consultant in advance (minimum 48 hours) by way of the RFI. All assistance (e.g. sampling
instruments and equipment, sample bags, and labor, etc.) that is required for carrying out the
sampling activities are to be provided by the Contractor. For sampling activities, the
Consultant is to be represented by the Material Engineer or his appointee.
Sampling Guidelines
All sampling is to be carried out in accordance with instructions to be given by the Consultant.
Sampling procedures are to follow recognized guidelines of good engineering practice. These
include:
Obtaining samples from at least three areas.
Ensuring that the sampled materials and locations are typical for the material to be
tested.
Ensure that all overburden, etc. is removed prior to commencement of the sampling.
All samples from stockpiles are to be taken from within the stockpile rather than from
the surface (top, side or base of the stockpile) in order to avoid the collection of
segregated materials.
Ensure that sufficient quantities are sampled to enable all tests to be conducted, plus
additional material, to be stored, for subsequent testing if required.
Ensure that each sample bag is marked / labelled both inside and outside, giving the
sample number, material type, sample location, date, and number of the bag, as well
as any additional information instructed by the Q.C Engineer or his appointee.
Preparation and Storage of Samples
Samples collected are reduced and prepared as per Indian Standards (IS) methods, with an
additional sufficient quantity retained in appropriately sealed bag(s) or container(s) and
separately kept in the sample storage room of the laboratory for additional testing and/or
future reference as required. Concrete samples in particular are to be carefully cured and
kept in the curing tank of the laboratory. Access to stored samples is under the strict direct
control of the Consultants Q.C Engineer. Details of all samples stored are to be kept in a
Material Sample Log to be administered by the Q.C Engineer.

5-46
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

5.5 Setting up of Field laboratory


Clause 121 of MORT&H lay down that the contractor is to set a field Laboratory. It is to
include office space and a store for storage of material. The remaining space is to be provided
for the installation of equipment, laboratory tables and cupboards, working space for carrying
out various laboratory tests, besides a wash basin, toilet facility and a curing tank for curing of
samples, around 4m x 2m x 1m in size and a fume chamber. The laboratory must also include
including one table, three chairs, one steel Almirah depending on the number of senior
Engineers. Wooden /concrete working table with a working platform area of about 1m x 10m
is to be provided against the walls, also providing wooden cupboards above and below the
working tables to store accessories such as sample moulds etc. At least 4 racks of slotted
angles and MS sheets and at least 6 stools for laboratory test operation are also to be
provided.
Equipping the laboratory with adequate equipment and personnel
The contractor is required to provide minimum laboratory equipment list below. The
system requires that both the Contractor and PMC have technicians who are competent
in testing and inspection of the work. The primary role of Lab Technicians is to carryout
sampling and testing of materials.

5.6 List of Laboratory Equipment


SA Sl. Equipment
No.

1 Balance 30kg capacity electronic type- 1gm accuracy

2 I.S.sieves 450mm internal dia of sieve sets as per ISI of required sieve sizes with lid and
pan

3 I.S.sieves 200mm internal dia (brass frame and steel or brass wire cloth mesh) consisting
of sieve sets of required sieve sizes with lid and pan

4 Enamel trays

5 a)600mm x 450mm x 50mm

6 b) 450mm x 300mm x 40mm

7 c)300mm x 250mm x 40mm

8 d)Circular plates of 250mm dia

9 Sand pouring cylinder with set 150mm dia

10 Sand pouring cylinder with set 200mm dia

5-47
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

11 Rapid moisture meter complete with chemicals

12 Gas stove 5kg capacity

13 steel container & steel plates

14 slump test apparatus

15 Digital Thermometer 200 degree centigrade.

16 Depth gauge

17 balance 60kg capacity (electronic)

18 balance 600gm capacity (electronic)

19 Liquid limit device with and A.S.T.M grooving tools as per ISI-2720

20 compaction apparatus (proctor) as per ISI 2720 (part8) complete with coller,base plate
and hammer

21 Aggregate impact test apparatus as per IS 2386 (part4)

22 Flakiness index & Elongation index test apparatus

23 Penetrometer automatic type, adjustable weight arrangement and needles as per I.S

24 Ring and ball set for softening point apparatus

25 Extraction apparatus with set and filter paper

26 Rifle box

27 Vic at needle apparatus for setting time with plungers, as per I.S

28 Equipment for determination of specific gravity for fine and coarse aggregates

29 0.5cft, 1cft,cylinder for checking bulk density of aggregate with tamping rod

30 Core cutting machine with 10cm diameter diamond cutting edge

31 Hot plates 200mm dia (1500 watt)

32 Ovens-Electrically operated, thermostatically controlled

33 Concrete Cube Moulds

34 Glass thermometer
5-48
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

35 Stop watch Digital type

36 Glass ware comprising of Beakers, pipettes, dishes, measuring cylinders (100 to 1000 cc
capacity) glass rods and funnels.

37 Marshal Stability testing machine, Moulds, Hammer & Compacting base. As per MS 2

38 CBR testing Machine & Moulds

5.7 Reference Standard Codes for Quality Control Testing


Soil:
Water Content : IS 2720 Part 2
Specific Gravity : IS 2720 Part 3
Grain Size Analysis : IS 2720 Part 4
Liquid & Plastic Limit : IS 2720 Part 5
Maximum Dry Density : IS 2720 Part 8
Direct Shear : IS 2720 Part 13
California Bearing Ratio : IS 2720 Part 16
Field Dry Density : IS 2720 Part 28
Sand Equivalent Values : IS 2720 Part 37
Free Swell Index : IS 2720 Part 40
Classification & Identification of Soil : IS 1498
Stone Aggregates:-
EI & FI : IS 2386 Part 1
Deleterious & Organic Impurities : IS 2386 Part 2
Specific Gravity, Absorption : IS 2386 Part 3
AIV, 10%, Abrasion, Polished : IS 2386 Part 4 (Mechanical Properties)
Soundness : IS 2386 Part 5
Alkali Aggregate Reactivity : IS 2386 Part 7
Petro graphic : IS 2386 Part 8
Coarse & Fine Aggregate : IS 383
Stripping Value : IS 6241

5-49
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

Concrete:-
Plain & Reinforced Concrete : IS 456
Precast Concrete Pipes : IS 458
Strength of Concrete : IS 516
43 OPC : IS 8112
53 OPC : IS 12269
Admixture for Concrete : IS 9103
Guide Lines of Concrete Mix Design : IS 10262
Hand Book of Concrete : IS SP 23
Steel : IS 1786
HT Strands : IS 14268
Bearings : IRC 83 Part 2
Curing Compound : ASTM C 156 & ASTM C 309 Type 2
Strip Seal Expansion Joints : ASTM D 2628
Bituminous Works:-
Paving Bitumen : IS 73
Emulsion : IS 8887
Penetration : IS 1203
Softening Point : IS 1205
Viscosity : IS 1206
Ductility : IS 1208
Flash & Fire Point : IS 1209
Marshal Stability : MS 2

5.8 Field Testing Laboratory


The Field Testing Laboratory, including all furniture, testing equipment and apparatus as
required by the Specifications is to be provided and maintained by the Contractor together
with the provision of all necessary utilities (e.g. electricity, water, sewerage and drainage.
The design and layout of the laboratory is to be approved by the Team Leader based on
recommendations by the Q.C Engineer. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to ensure that
the laboratory is proficiently guarded at all times of the day and night (i.e. to control access
and maintain security), is cleaned daily and is properly maintained.
Testing equipment and apparatus are to be initially approved, and subsequently periodically
checked, by the Consultant to assure proper operation, accuracy, correct calibration and
complete conformance to all Specifications requirements. Likewise, all testing procedures
5-50
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

detailed in the Specifications and procedures instructed by the Q.C Engineer as part of his
Quality Control and Quality Assurance Plan are to be strictly adhered to by the Contractor.
The Consultant is to supervise, monitor and check all aspects of the testing procedures,
including sample storage, preparation, testing and analysis and reporting of testing results to
ensure laboratory capability. All relevant material testing details related to sample
preparation, testing and analysis of results are to be recorded on the relevant standard
testing form(s).
Compliance Testing
General
All materials included in the construction Works for which quality control tests are specified,
and for which approval by the Engineer has been previously given, are to be inspected and
checked for acceptability in accordance with the Specifications requirements. Any of the
completed construction Works in which unapproved and/or untested and/or unaccepted
materials are incorporated without approval or written permission from the Consultant are
deemed performed at the contractors risk and are considered as unacceptable and
unauthorized.
During the Progress of work, if any latent physical conditions shall exist at site (i.e.,
occurrence of black cotton soils or any other materials greatly differing from those specified
in the Contract) which might have been unforeseen during the conduct of detailed
engineering shall be informed by the Contractor in writing to the Team Leader.
The Construction Supervision through the Team Leader will officially inform the Employer of
the supervening conditions that has arisen after the results obtained from all test parameters
have been confirmed by the Site Engineer at Site and validated by the Sr. Q.C Engineer.
Detailed procedures in the conduct of tests shall however be in accordance to the minimum
Testing Requirements of the MOST specifications.
Routine Compliance Tests
All sampling and quality control testing, as well as all check tests to verify quality of materials,
are to be conducted by the Contractor at his own expense under the direct supervision of the
Consultant. The kind(s) of test(s) and frequency of testing should conform to the Minimum
Quality Control Testing Requirements of the MORTH Specifications. Sampling and Testing
should be in accordance with the relevant IS methods.
Additional / Special Tests
Contract notes that the Contractor will be responsible for the cost of additional tests if the
test shows that the materials, plant or workmanship not to be in accordance with the
provisions of the Contract.
Special tests are generally ordered by the Engineer when there is some concern with some
aspect of the routine compliance tests (e.g. sampling technique, sample contamination,
testing equipment problem, operator error, etc.). Based on the above, the following
procedure is to be adopted for special testing:

5-51
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

a. Identify routine testing concern and request agreement from the Q.C Engineer and
the Team Leader that a special test is required.
b. Identify what/how/where/when the special test is to be conducted:
i. By the Contractor within the Field Laboratory
ii. By the internal independent testing (i.e. by the Consultant within the Field
Laboratory).
iii. By external independent testing
c. Obtain approval of the Employer for making the special test
d. Following implementation of any relevant actions indicated based on the results of
the special test, record the test results (see Sec. 7.6.2), and also include the results as
part of the Quality Control Test Statement to be submitted with, and as part of, the
Consultants Monthly and Quarterly Progress Reports (see Sec. 7.7 below).

5.9 Quality Control Test Statement (Monthly Progress Report)


In accordance with the Consultants Contract Agreement, and standard Construction
Supervision practice, the list of laboratory test results completed during the month, and their
statistical interpretations, are to be included as an integral part of each of the Consultants
Monthly Progress Report to be submitted to the Employer. This summary of field and
laboratory test results is referred to as a Quality Control Test Statement, and is to include the
following:
Item description, and kind of test
Numbers of tests completed, passed and failed
Any appropriate remarks or comments.

5-52
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

5.10 Quality Assurance Plan

MOST A-Lab Test,


Type of Frequency of Acceptance
Clause Materials Test Items B-Site Test ,
No Construction Tests Criteria C-At Plant ,
D-Independent
Test
I. Sand Content
2 test per 3000 m3 A
IS: 2720 Part 4

ii. Liquid Limit


2 test per 3000 m3 70 maximum A
IS: 2720 Part 5

iii. Plastic Limit


2 test per 3000 m3 A
IS: 2720 Part 5

iv. Plasticity Index


2 test per 3000 m3 45 Maximum A
IS: 2720 Part 5

15.2 KN/m3 height


up to 3 m 16.0
v. Density
2 test per 3000 m3 KN/m3 beyond 3m. A
IS: 2720 Part 8
17.5 KN/m3 for
subgrade

Embankment/
305 Earth/Moorum
Subgrade vi. Deleterious Cont.
IS: 2720 Part 27
As required D

vii. C B R Miin. 10% for Sub-


1 test per 3000m3 A
IS: 2720 Part 16 Grade

Not more than 1% or


viii. Moisture Content 1 test per 250m3 less than 2% of Opt. B
Moisture.

95% min. for


ix. Field Density 1 test per 1000m2
IS: 2720 Part 28 min. 6-10 nos./set
embankment 97% B
min. for subgrade

x. Surface Level
MORT&H Spec.
As required +20mm to -25mm B

xi. Free Swell Index 2 test per 3000 m3 Not greater than 50% A

i. Density of comp
Earth/
As required 97% minimum B
Earth layer IS:2720 Part 28.
407
Shoulder Moorum
ii. C B R IS: 2720 Part 10 min.(proj.
16 As required addendum)

5-53
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

MORT&H Tables
i. Gradation
IS: 2720 Part 4
2 tests per day 400-1 A
(Grading-I)

ii. Liquid Limit


IS: 2720 Part 5
1 test per source 25 maximum A

iii. Plastic Limit


IS: 2720 Part 5
1 test per source A

iv. Plasticity Index


IS: 2720 Part 5
1 test per source 6 maximum A

Granular v. Deleterious Cont.


401 Crushed Stone IS: 2720 Part 27
As required D
Subbase

vi. CBR
IS:2720 Part 16
As required 30% minimum A

vii. 10% Fines Value


BS: 812 Part 3
As required 50KN minimum A

viii. Density of comp. 98% minimum of its


1 test per 500m2 B
layer, IS:2720 Part 28 max. dry density

ix. Surface Level


MORT&H As required +10mm to -20mm B
Specification

i. Atterberg Limits
IS: 2720 Part 5
1 test per source PI <= 6 A

ii. Impact Value 1 test per source


IS: 2386 Part 4 of aggregates
30% maximum A

1 test per source


iii. Combined EI & FI
of aggregates
30% maximum A

iv. Gradation As per MORT&H


1. Aggregates IS: 2386 Part 1
2 tests per day
Table 400-11 A

Wet Mix v. CBR


406 As required Minimum 100 % A
Macadam IS:2720 Part 16

vi. Water Absorption


IS: 2386 Part 3
As required 2% maximum A

As required 12% max. loss w/


vii. Soundness Test
IS: 2386 Part 5
(If Water absorption Na2SO4 18%max, D
>2%) loss W/MgSO4

i. Field comp. Of layer 98% minimum. As


IS: 2720 Part 8
1 test per 700m2
per IRC 111:2009 B
2. Layer
ii. Surface Level
MORT&H As required +10mm to -10mm B
Specification

5-54
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

i. Quality Tests IS: 73 2 samples per lot A

ii. Temperature of Normally 20o C to


1. Emulsion application
At regular close intervals
70o C B
502 Prime Coat
Slow curing

Minimum 2 tests per day


iii. Rate of application 6 to 9 Kg per 10 m2 B
& One test per 500 m2

i. Quality Tests IS: 2 samples/lot subject to


1200 all or some tests A

ii. Temperature of
At regular close intervals 50o C to 80o C B
Tack Coat application
1. Bitumen
503 Rapid Curing
Emulsion (RC)
Type Existing bit. Surface-
2 to 2.5kg per 10m2 ,
iii. Rate of application 2 tests per day Primed Granular B
surface-2.5 to 3 kg
per 10m2

i. Impact Value 1 test per source


IS: 2386 Part 4 of aggregates
30% maximum A

ii. Combined EI & FI 1 test per source


IS: 2386 Part 1 of aggregates
30% maximum A

iii. Water Absorption 1 set of 3 per source 2% maximum, if over


IS: 2386 Part 3 or change of aggr. soundness test A

12% max. loss w/


iv. Soundness Test 1set for each per source
IS: 2386 Part 5 or change of aggr.
Na2SO4 18% D
1. Aggregates max. loss w/ MgSO4

v. Stripping Value 1set of 3 per source 95% min. retained


AASHTO T182 or change of aggr. coating A

2 tests/day/plant both As per MOSRTH


Bituminous vi. Gradation
504 IS: 2386 Part 1
on individual const. & Table 500-4 A
Macadam mixed aggr. in dryer Grading -1

150o C to 170o C
vii. Control of temp. Regular interval
Aggregate C

2 samples/lot subject
i. Quality Tests IS: 73
to all or some tests
As per IS: 73 A

Min.3.1% by wt.
Total mix, +/-
Periodic subject to min.
2. Binder ii. Binder Content
2 tests per day per plant.
0.3% permissible A
variation by wt. total
mix.

150o C to 165o C
iii. Control of Temp. At regular interval
Bitumen C

3. Mix i. Control of Temp. At regular interval Mixed material 165 C

5-55
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

Maximumo C Laying
temp. 125o C
Minimum
Temperature should
not fall 90o C rolling
Temp.Minimum
completion.

Reg. cont. thru checks


ii. Rate of Spread
of layer thickness B

i. Field compaction 98% minimum. As


of layer
One test per 700 Sqm.
per IRC 111:2009 A

ii. Thickness of layer As required 50 mm B


4. Layer
iii. Surface Regularity
MORT&H As required B
Specification
iv. Surface Level
MORT&H As required +6mm to -6mm B
Specification

5-56
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

i. Quality Tests IS: 73 2 samples per lot As per IS: 73 A

1 test/400 tonnes mix Minimum 5% by wt. of mix


1. Binder ii. Binder Content
min. 2 tests/day/plant permissible var. of + 0.3% A

150o C to 165o C
iii. Control of temp. Regular close interval
Heating temperature C

1 set of 3 per source


i. Stripping Value
or change of aggregate.
95% min. retained coating A

ii. Water Absorption 1 set of 3 per source


IS: 2386 Part 3 or change of aggregate.
2% maximum A

iii. Soundness Test IS: 1 set of 3 per source 12% max. loss w/ Na2SO4
2386 Part 5 or change of aggregate. 18% max. loss w/ MgSO4 D

Initially 1 set of 3 per


iv. Stone Polishing Value
BS: 812 Part 114
source or change 55 minimum D
of aggregates
2. Aggregates
v. Sand Equiv. Test IS:
2720 Part 37
As required 50 minimum D
1 set of test on ind.
aggregate & mixed
As per Table 500-18
vi. Mix Gradings aggregate. On dryer,
Grading - 2 A
Semi Dense min. 2 tests per day per
508 Bituminous plant
Concrete 150o C to 170o C
vii. Control of Temp. At reg. close intervals
Heating temperature C

i. Marshall Test
(ASTM D1559)

Stability of Mix 8.2 KN min. @ 75 blows/end

Flow 2mm-4mm
For each 400 tonnes of
mix, a set of 3 specimens
subject to a minimum of A
% Air voids 3-5
2 sets per day per plant
Voids in Mineral
3. Mix Aggregate.(VMA)
13% to 15%

% voids in aggregate filled


65 - 75
with bitumen(VFB)

Regular & thorough


ii. Rate of spread check of materials & B
layer thickness

iii. Density of compacted At least 98% of Marshall


layer
1 test per 700m2 area.
specimen. As per IRC 111:2009 A

5-57
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

5.11 Tolerance in Surface Levels of the Pavement Structure

I Sub grade + 20mm

- 25mm

II Granular Sub base + 10mm

- 20mm

III Wet Mix Macadam 10mm

IV Bituminous Macadam 6mm

V Semi Dense Bituminous Concrete 6mm

5-58
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

6 WORKS SUPERVISION GUIDELINES AND PROCEDURES


6.1 Construction Methodologies
General
Prior to the commencement of each important item of work can be approved, the Contractor is
required to submit for approval by the Team leader a detailed Methodology as to how he
plans to carry out that activity in accordance to the Contract requirements. For the present
Project, all items of works that involve construction quantities, and all activities that are other
than standard operating procedures, are to be considered as important.
Approval of Methodologies
The size, extent and detail required to be considered in development of (and hence approval of)
a specific Methodology for an important item of work depends on a number of factors
including:
The intrinsic simplicity (or degree of complication) of the operations for carrying out the
proposed construction activity.
The number and type of factors that may vary during implementation of the activity, and
the extent to which these variables can be controlled.
The extent and detail to which the methodology for implementing the activity is detailed
in the Specifications.
The severity of problems anticipated should difficulties arise during works
implementation due to lack of an approved detailed methodology being in place.

6.2 Works Requests and Request for Inspections (RFIs)


Submission of Request For Inspections (RFIs)
All of the Contractors construction activities and construction surveys will be inspected, checked
and monitored through the use of the RFI.
Before beginning any construction activity involving a pay item in the Contract Bill of Quantities
(BOQ) or to request a Survey check, etc., the Contractor must submit an RFI in triplicate, 48
hours prior to begin such an activity. The TL keeps one copy and forwards the original and one
copy to the appropriate Field Engineer. Submission of an RFI must be made in advance of the
time that the Contractor plans to begin work on the subject activity. RFI subject activities are:
clearing & grubbing, excavation, embankment, base course, bituminous works/cement concrete
pavement, rebar, structural concrete, any construction survey, etc. Work on any item for which
payment is involved must be preceded by an Approval RFI submitted by the Contractor.
Processing of Approval for RFIs
Upon receipt of an RFI, the Team leader, through his designated staff, will conduct all necessary
inspections and checks required to determine if the subject activity may proceed at the time and
place requested in the RFI by the Contractor. The TL is also to ensure that all pertinent plans,
working drawings and specifications have been complied with, and that all necessary
preparatory work that the field engineer may request, and any required testing/survey to be
done by the Materials Engineer/Survey Engineer before and/or during the subject activity is
6-59
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

properly considered. Any request for testing/survey to be accomplished by the Field Engineer is
noted in writing and submitted with/on the copy of the subject RFI on which he writes the
tests/survey required. This request is submitted to the TL who in turn forwards it to the
Materials Engineer/Survey Engineer a minimum of 48 hours in advance (to provide additional
advance time as required). The Quality control Engineer will advise the TL if other tests are
required in additional to those requested.
Upon receipt from the Materials Engineer/Survey Engineer of test/survey results, the TL, in
consultation with the Field Engineer, will mark Approved or Disapproved on the RFI, and
return the RFI executed original plus one copy to the Contractor. This returned RFI will contain
the results of inspections and testing/surveys, and state whether or not the Contractor may
proceed with the subject construction activity. It is very important to impress upon the
Contractor that no work may proceed until the covering RFI is both approved by the TL and
returned officially to the Contractor.
If the TL disapproves an RFI, the Contractor will be informed on the returned RFI of the reasons
for disapproval. After performing any necessary remedial work, the Contractor must submit
another RFI (marked Resubmission) for the same subject construction activity and the above
RFI procedure starts again.
During the time that work on an approved RFI subject activity is proceeding, the Contractor shall
keep a copy of the RFI at the subject activity work site for reference and checking of any
Consultant or Client staff.
Upon completion of the works, the Consultant checks to ensure that the works are in
accordance to the drawings and specifications, etc., but also in accordance with the RFI. The
team leader will advise the Engineers Representative and the Contractor of any work not in
accordance with the approved drawings, works orders, day works orders, etc.
All changes to the drawings resulted from approved works are to be added to the drawings
under the team leaders supervision by the relevant designated site engineering staff. The team
leader/deputy team leader will retain a complete set of drawings on which changes are marked
in red.
Approved RFIs reports received from the Contractor are checked by the TL/DTL and if necessary
modified by the Contractor. When found to be correct, the TL arranges:
the work done to be recorded in the Project Records
the item details (road section, culvert, etc.) to be updated in the project record to
show the work done.
Once the records are updated, a copy of the relevant data (and relevant map sections) is
attached to the works order, dayworks order, etc.
The completed works order, dayworks order, etc., the work done report, test results for the
work done and measurement of work records are then combined with the original work design
sheets and records. These constitute a complete record of the work done and is signed off by the
Team leader as completed.
Responsibilities:
The Contractor is responsible for preparation and submission of the RFI, and correction,
as necessary, in accordance with the TL/DTL comments.

6-60
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

The TL/DTL is responsible for assessing and approving the works order, day works order,
etc., and is responsible for ensuring all information for the work done is correctly
recorded, collated and filed.
The QC Engineer is responsible for monitoring, checking and collection of all quality
control testing results for attachment to the records.
The Quantity Control Engineer is responsible for updating the records in line with the
work done reports supplied by the site Engineers.
Where required, the Draftsman is responsible for preparing the changed final set of
work-as-executed drawings.
Comments on Request For Inspection Forms
It is important for all staff to understand the following points concerning use of the RFI:
1. Approval by the TL/DTL of an RFI is not intended, nor is it to be interpreted, as written
acceptance of any of the Contractors previously completed work. No written
acceptance of any work will be given to the Contractor until such time that the Projects
Substantially Complete document is executed. In other words, throughout the
duration of the construction of the Project, all of the Contractors work is subject at all
times to the Engineers and the Clients further inspection and review.
2. The field engineer decisions concerning the work and his recommendations on an RFI are
subject to review, and if necessary to correction, by the Team Leader and (where
relevant) the Employer.
3. The subject construction (or survey) activity of an RFI must be limited to a single activity
so as to simplify inspection, testing, survey and control. If the Contractor submits an RFI
with more than one activity it should be immediately returned to the Contractor for
resubmission in single activity format.
4. It is the Contractors responsibility to keep sufficient RFI forms on hand and to plan his
construction activities so as to allow sufficient time the field engineer/QC
Engineer/Survey Engineer to inspect, test and survey without disrupting the Contractors
approved construction schedule.
In addition to the use of an RFI as discussed above, the Contractor must also submit an RFI for
approval of storage, quantity, quality, cost, etc. of construction materials for which he intends to
submit for payment as materials Stored on Site (before incorporation into the Works) in his
Interim Certificate. The Contractor must submit any such RFI for materials Stored on Site a
minimum of six days before he submits his draft Interim Certificate so as to allow the TL/DTL
field engineers sufficient time for necessary inspection and gathering of required
documentation.

6.3 Dayworks Requests (Orders)


The contract provides, For work of a minor or incidental nature, the Engineer may instruct that
a Variation shall be executed on a Daywork basis. The work shall then be valued in accordance
with the Daywork Schedule included in the contract, and the following procedure shall apply.
Before ordering Goods for the work, the Contractor shall submit quotations to the Engineer.
When applying for payment, the Contractor shall submit invoices, vouchers and accounts or
receipts for any goods.
6-61
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

Except for any items for which the Daywork Schedule specifies that payment is not due, the
Contractor shall deliver each day to the Engineer accurate statements in duplicate which shall
include the following details of the resources used in executing the previous days work:
(a) the names, occupations and time of Contractors Personnel,
(b) the identification, type and time of Contractors Equipment and Temporary Works, and
(c) the quantities and types of Plants and Materials used.
One copy of each statement will, if correct, or when agreed, be signed by the Engineer and
returned to the Contractor. The contractor shall then submit priced statements of these
resources to the Engineer, prior to their inclusion in the next statement [Application for Interim
Payment Certificates].
The TL/DTL is expected to make recommendations for Daywork if the need arises, but no work
should be authorized by TL/DTL until a Variation Order has been executed, through the Engineer.
The power to order Daywork is not delegated to the TL/DTL.

6.4 Site Instructions (Instructions to Contractors)


All Site Instructions (SI) will be written to the Contractor on the proper form approved by the
Engineer. Time is critical in the use of SIs; hence, they should be used sparingly by the Team
Leader for matters requiring immediate action by the Contractor.
Proper use of a SI may be in connection with:
- Safety violation,
- Instructions requiring immediate action by the contractor,
- Rejection of unsatisfactory workmanship and/or materials,
- Order for cessation of work issued with prior approval of the Team Leader and/or the SHDP
Cessation of work orders in emergencies may be issued immediately by the D.TL,
Receipt of an SI must be acknowledged on the SI form by the signature of an authorized
Contractor field supervisor placed on the original and the Engineers copy.

6.5 Contractor Produced Drawings


The Contractor is required to produce the following types of drawings during the course of the
Contract:
1. Construction Drawings / Working Drawings Specifications stipulates, The drawings
provided with the Tender Documents shall be the contract drawings according to which
the works are to be executed and completed unless otherwise modified by the
Engineer during the course of the work.
On the basis of Tender Drawings, the Contractor shall prepare 4 sets of Detailed Construction
Drawings / Working Drawings with necessary field / construction information and shall submit
the same to the Engineer for approval along with construction methodology at least 21 days in
advance of the scheduled date of the start of activity.
2. As-built Drawings Drawings produced by the Contractor of the completed works
actually constructed, a vital requirement prior to issuance by Engineer of the Taking Over
Certificate. [Taking Over of the Works and Sections] of the Particular Conditions provides
6-62
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

that Before the Works are taken over in accordance with this Clause, the Contractor
shall supply all drawings as appropriate of the Work As-Built. Unless otherwise agreed,
the Work shall not be considered to be completed for the purpose of Taking Over until
such drawings have been approved by the Engineer and submitted to the Employer.
Purpose of Contractors Drawings/Records
As-built drawings and associated records provide the primary basis for recording the work
covered by drawings, works orders, dayworks orders, etc. as actually completed. These provide
the background information necessary for establishing the types and locations of works carried
out, the date(s) during which these works were implemented, the quantities of works carried
out and completed, and the details required to define, clarify and quantify variation orders and
Contractor claims.
Survey
The Contractor shall set out the centre line of the designed alignment, take profile and cross
sections as required at specified intervals and at intermediate points where marked changes in
the design alignment and existing terrain occur. The sequence of the filed survey is outlined as
follows:
a. Review plans, typical sections, drawing standard details.
b. A pre-survey meeting shall be arranged with the Team Leader/Deputy
c. Team leader/Deputy Team Leader, Site Engineer, Survey Engineer, and Quantity
Surveyor to approve the Contractors proposed method and time schedule for the as-
staked survey.
d. In case of Up-gradation packages, Contractor to perform verification survey of
existing monuments and control reference points for horizontal and vertical controls,
re-establish monuments where necessary.
e. Horizontal control and monuments
f. Vertical control and monuments
g. Reference Points
h. Initial centreline and original ground
i. Centreline grade interval
j. Cross stationing
k. Utility description, agency and location
l. Right of Way Obstructions
m. Field Book Documentation
All field data to be recorded in ink in standard field books and certified by the Contractor and the
Consultants Survey Engineer. The original shall be retained by the Resident Engineer, and one
copy shall be made and submitted as part of the As-Staked Survey.
Contractors Construction / Working Drawings
Working drawings are to be sent directly to the T.Ls Office by the Contractor, and will be
processed according to the following steps:

6-63
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

1. The Contractor is to submit to the Consultant four (4) prints of each shop drawing to be
reviewed for approval. Each print is to be stamped (or marked) by the Contractor with
PRELIMINARY ONLY.
2. Upon receipt by the Consultant, the transmittal will be opened, the date of receipt
stamped on each copy, and 2 of the 4 copies are to be retained by the the TL, one (1)
copy is to be filed, and one (1) is to be transmitted as an advance copy to Team Leaders
Office
3. The TL will distribute his copies of the drawings to the most relevant Engineer(s) who,
following any on-site inspection, etc. that may be considered necessary, will review the
drawings in coordination with other supervision staff, as required, before submittal of his
findings and recommendations to the TL.
4. The TL will then file one of the marked-up copies and return the other to the Contractor
together with a letter of transmittal that is to detail changes, etc. to be incorporated into
the drawings, and any other comments that are considered necessary for explaining the
marked-up drawings.
5. Meanwhile, the Senior Engineers concerned at the Team Leaders Office reviews the copy
of the preliminary drawings submitted by Contractor. Any comments on the drawings
shall be indicated accordingly and informed to TLs Office officially for incorporation in
the drawings to be finalized by the Contractor.
6. After incorporation of comments from the Team Leaders Office, along with his offices
comments, TL then return a copy of the commented / corrected preliminary drawing to
the Contractor for their modification of the same. Thereafter the Contractor is to re-
commence the submittal procedure as detailed in step 1 above.
7. After the Contractors Construction / Working Drawing(s) have been signed and
approved by the TL, the drawings will be marked / stamped Approved for Construction
and be returned to the Contractor for implementation. A copy of it shall be retained at
his office and one (1) copy shall be furnished to the Team Leaders Office for records.
8. After checking and approving of the Implementation of the works, the TL will record the
drawings for subsequent incorporation into the as-built drawings.

6.6 As-built Drawings


The Approved As-Built Documentation when submitted to the Employer shall include, but not be
limited to the following finalised documents:
Plan and Profile drawings.
Cross-Sections drawings.
Minor road intersections drawings.
Bridge drawings.
Reinforced Concrete Box Culverts, and Reinforced Concrete Pipe Culverts Drawing.
Field Survey Books.
Quantity Calculations.
Bill of Quantities.
6-64
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

Itemized Cost of Revision.


Variation Orders Change Order No.xx.
Description and justification for major changes in quantities.
Photograph report showing changed site conditions.
In the event that the as-built procedure identifies extra work items, and or significant changes in
the original design, these are to form part of a design review which will be discussed with the
Employer, and may, or may not, form part of the initial change order.
The following guidelines provide guidance in the presentation of plans produced for As-
constructed (As-Built) Drawings:
a. All sheets in a set of plans should be uniform in size (e.g. 594 mm x 841 mm). All
drawings are to be trimmed to the margin sizes.
b. All plans must be drawn on high quality durable film used in the reproduction of
engineering drawings. All drawings on negative durable films must be free of pencil
marking and stains, and cleaned without impairing the quality of the inked line-work
and stencilling.
c. All soil borings (drilled, trial pits, auger holes, etc.) are to be shown on the plans for
buildings, bridge works, hydraulic control and related structures. The soil
investigation performed is to be in accordance with approved design guidelines,
criteria and standards.
d. Line-work on drawings to be to professional standards, i.e. neat, uniform and dark.
Line-work is to be in ink and formed with the use of acceptable proprietary pens and
stencils specifically made for technical drawings.
e. Attention to be paid to the correct grammar and spelling of notes and words on the
drawings and placed in positions that do not affect the clarity or the neat
presentation of the drawing content. All stencilling of the letters to be uniform height
and thickness. If the drawings are to be reduced to half size, then he minimum
lettering height made in the large drawings is 2.5 mm so that the lettering is easily
read at the half reduced size.
f. All drawings should contain the date that they were completed. Any revision made
after approval, and resubmitted for approval, must have the revision clearly noted on
the drawings, including the date the revision was made.
g. The meaning and intent of the provisions and/or specifications under the General
Notes should be clear, precise and pertinent to the drawings without any form of
doubt, ambiguity or leave for subsequent misinterpretation that may lead to disputes
or variation orders.
h. Revised or new plans for specific structures and other items of work should be
prepared on standard sheets (594mm x 841mm), properly authenticated and
approved with signatures of the concerned officials and their consultants. For
previously approved drawings undergoing revision, a supplementary approval
signature block may need to be added to the right-hand vertical margin to indicate
that the drawings were previously approved.

6-65
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

i. All details shown on the drawings must be relevant to the Project and voided crossed-
out details or drawings marked SUPERCEDED must not be presented for approval.
j. The title block of the drawings must be integral (be monolithic with) part of the Mylar
sheet containing the drawings and not a cut-off insert or appendage.
k. Failure to comply with the above shall result in non-acceptance of the drawings which
will be returned for compliance.

6.7 Site Inspections, Daily Reports and Diaries


Site Inspections
To ensure the Contractors strict Contract compliance, it is mandatory that all personnel charged
with inspection responsibilities properly prepare themselves in advance through detailed study
and understanding of the Plans and Specifications. On-site observations of the Field Engineers
activities and procedures will be made by the TL to ensure compliance with plans and
Specifications.
The field engineers activities will be determined by the Contractors construction activities, and
they will be notified of these in advance based on Request For Inspection (RFI) submissions from
the Contractor. It is the DTL responsibility to follow up on the RFIs.
Field engineers are required to inspect all work done and materials furnished. Such inspection
will extend to all parts of the Works, and to the preparation, fabrication or manufacture of the
materials to be used. The field engineers are not authorized to alter or waive any provision of
the Contract conditions or documents.
The Deputy Team Leader is responsible for keeping his Team Leader informed as to progress of
the work and the manner in which it is being done, and also to call the Contractors attention to
any non-compliance with the drawings or specifications. He is not authorized to approve or
accept any portion of the work, to issue instructions contrary to the plans and specifications, or
to act on behalf of the Contractor. The field engineers have authority to reject unsatisfactory
workmanship, defective materials and to recommend suspension of any work that is being
improperly performed, subject to approval by the Team Leader.
The Field Engineers may exercise such additional authority only as may, from time to time, be
delegated to them by the Deputy Team Leader as approved by the Team Leader.
Daily Inspection Reports
A Daily Report must be completed by each Field Engineer. These Daily Reports will be reviewed
and compiled by the TL and will constitute part of the final Project documentation submitted to
SHDP.
The Daily Report from each field engineer must include but not be limited to the following items:
- Approximate Quantities of work performed under their inspection, such as cubic
meters of material acceptably placed, etc.
- Instructions given or received.
- Unusual or unsatisfactory conditions.
- Delays encountered.
- Number of men or man-hours employed.
6-66
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

- Equipment, Plant, Methods used by the Contractor.


- Tests performed to satisfy quality control, and samples taken.
- Weather conditions and effect on the Works.
- Daywork records, if any.
Field Inspection Diaries
Each Field Engineer will keep a personal Diary Notebook to accumulate during the day all data
used to prepare his Daily Report. Notes made in their Diary Notebook will be recorded neatly,
clearly and will be dated, signed and in sufficient detail to be clearly understood. This Diary
Notebook will also include the field engineers working hours and work location details for each
day.
The Field Engineers Diary Notebook must be properly identified, indexed and periodically
turned in to the TL for his review and safe-keeping. At the end of the Project these Diary
Notebooks will be returned to SHDP
The field engineers Daily Report will contain quantities of work satisfactorily performed each
day under their inspection. These quantities will be based on measurements if the quantity is
for a particular section of work that is complete or based on an estimate if the work is on-going.
Sketches with dimensions and calculations should be attached to the Report as required. The
quantities are to be entered directly into the appropriate Item Logs by the TLs Quantity
Surveyor on a daily basis.

6.8 Mechanical Plant and Machinery


Monitoring Requirements
All mechanical plant and machinery used by the Contractor to produce materials and/or works
for the Contract must meet the Contract specifications requirements, be capable of producing
the required product at the indicated rate, meet environmental emission, etc. requirements, and
in general be maintained in good condition. Responsibility for monitoring/inspecting the
Contractors mechanical plant and machinery lies with the Team Leader.
Inspection Procedures
1. The Contractor is to be informed of the need for him to use and maintain suitable
equipment, and of the Contract requirements that all equipment be periodically
inspected by the Team leader other suitable person nominated by him.
2. Team Leaders are to determine the specification requirements (explicated and
implicated) for each type of mechanical plant and machinery employed or proposed to
be employed by the Contractor.
3. Each piece of mechanical plant or machinery used or proposed to be used by the
Contractor to produce materials for use in the Contract, or to construct works
(temporary or permanent) for the Contract, is to be inspected upon mobilisation on site,
and periodically thereafter by the Deputy Team Leader or other suitable person
nominated by the T.L s Representative.
4. The Inspecting Officer is to submit to the Deputy Team Leader the Plant and Equipment
Report on a monthly basis until the Contractor has completed his works, which is known

6-67
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

to be outstanding at the completion date stated in the Taking-Over Certificate for the
Works.
Rejection of Substandard Mechanical Plant/Machinery
A. If the mechanical plant or machinery fails to meet the minimum requirements it is to be
rejected and the report is to be so annotated.
B. The completed report is signed and a copy is given through the Team Leader to the
Contractor. The original report is to be filed.
C. The Consultant is to monitor the activities to ensure that the rejected equipment is not
used for the works, and every endeavour should be used to prevent the Contractor using
it. However, should the Contractor elect to use the equipment then the Engineer can
instruct that the resulting materials and/or works are to be rejected.
D. After the Consultant has been informed in writing that the necessary repairs have been
undertaken on a rejected plant/machinery, the mechanical plant or machinery should be
re-inspected and the results recorded, including listing the results of each of the defects
discovered in the previous inspection.
E. The results of this re-inspection are to be sent to the Contractor, and details of any
additional/outstanding defects are to be noted. If the mechanical plant or machinery
meets all requirements, then written notice that it can now be used for the Project
requirements is transmitted in writing to the Contractor and all relevant Consultancy
staff.
Mechanical Plant/Machinery Inventories
The Contractor is responsible for submitting a weekly inventory of all mobilised mechanical
plant/machinery for review and, where considered appropriate, inspection by the Consultant.
The inventory is to indicate the condition of the Plant / Equipment (i.e. whether it is operable,
has been/is rejected or any other relevant information regarding its condition, maintenance
undergone during the week, etc.).
Mechanical Plant/Machinery Reports and Records
All notices of plant/machinery rejections (and reinstatements) are to be reported as noted
above, and also reported in the weekly inventories. The weekly inventories are to be submitted
to the Consultant in good time to enable the Consultant to make necessary inspections, and to
finalise the results for submission to the Weekly site meetings and, if relevant, for the Monthly
Progress Report.
All reports are to be filed in the respective general filing system for each package. Copies of all
reports related to plant/machinery failing because of environmental or safety non-compliance
are also to be reported to the Environmental Officer, and be included in the Environmental
file. These files are to be reviewed periodically, and this review should serve in part for
scheduling periodic inspection of specific plant/machinery.

6.9 Contractors Personnel


Supervision Consultant is required to ensure that the Contractors personnel are capable, and
that they perform their services in accordance with the Works Contract. As such the Consultant
is required to approve and monitor the Contractors personnel as noted in the following
sections.
6-68
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

Approval of Contractors Key Staff


The Consultant is required by the Consultancy Agreement to approve all Contractors Key Staff.
This is to be implemented by reviewing the CVs submitted by the Contractor for all proposed
key staff.
Approval of Contractors Staff Mobilisation Program
The Consultant is also required by the Consultancy Agreement to approve the Contractors
mobilisation program, which is to include the projected mobilisation dates for all Contractors
Key Staff. This is to be implemented by reviewing the following documents requested from the
Contractor:
Proposed Organisation Chart for the Contractor, and
Proposed Staff Mobilisation Program for Personnel.
Monitor Contractors Personnel Superintendence
In accordance with the Works Contract the Consultant is required to monitor, evaluate, and, if
found necessary, to object to and require the Contractor to remove from the Works, any person
provided by the Contractor who, in the opinion of the Engineer, misconducts himself, or is
incompetent or negligent in the proper performance of his duties, or whose presence on Site is
otherwise considered by the Engineer to be undesirable. Monitoring of personnel is carried out
informally for day-by-day works activities by supervision staff reporting personnel-related
problems and deficiencies to the Team Leader.
Monitor Contractors Personnel Input
The Consultant is charged under the Works Contract to monitor the personnel both with regard
to attendance, but also with respect to their involvement with the construction works activities
associated with their specific positions.

6.10 Weather Records


General
Weather information is to be collected and recorded on a daily basis throughout the Contract
period in order that the occurrence and extent of adverse climatic conditions, if any, can be
identified and quantified. This information may be required for the Engineer in determining any
Extension of Time to be granted to the Contractor later.

6.11 Final Documentation


General
Upon completion of each Contract Section, and the completion of the Project, there are several
documents to be prepared and submitted to the Employer. The following should be checked
with the Employer as the project nears completion.
- The As-built drawings/plans
- The Final Take-off quantities and amounts
- Contract Documentation
- Final Completion Report

6-69
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

Although these Documents are to be submitted at the end of Contract Section period, they
have to be prepared as work progresses, and finalized when works are nearing completion.
Final Billing
Supporting documents of the Final Billing are generally to be as follows:
Executive Summary
Background of Information
Billing Summary
Disbursement Voucher for this Billing
Supporting Documents
- Certification of Payments of Statement of Work Accomplished
- Contractors Affidavit re: Payment of all Outstanding Obligations to his Project
- Certificates of Payment for Labour and Materials
- As-built Plans (Plan, Profile, Cross Sections, etc.) (Original + 2 Copies)
- Summary of Final Quantities,
- Day Works Summary and Back-ups,
- Survey Books (one copy) To back up to the final measurements applicable
quality control data must be submitted to indicate compliance of the works
with the Specifications. A copy of the Approval Requests, Approval Request
Register, and Materials Summaries are to be included,
- Change Order No. xx (Final),
- Itemized Costs of Revisions,
- Core Test for thickness determination of concrete surfacing (check cores),
- Letter of Turn-over of Equipment to Assets and Supplied, Management
Divisions,
- Final Inventory (Turn-over of Engineers Facilities, Equipment and Apparatus,
Furniture and Appliances (Inventory of final inspection)
- Certification of Acceptance (executed by receiver of equipment)
- Defects Liability Certificate
- Certificate of Completion/Certificate of Acceptance of the Works
- Photographs and Videos
- Certificate of Final Inspection (copy of Final inspection and Engineers Report
confirming reflections of defects)
Contract Documentation
The following documentation is to be handed over to the Employer upon acceptance of the
Project.

6-70
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

Original correspondence to and from the Contractor


Variation Orders
Survey Books
Conditions of Contract, Specifications, and Drawings
Final Completion Report
This is to be prepared in draft by the Team Leader. The Standard format to be adopted will be
agreed with SHDP. The report must contain comments, discussion of problems encountered and
appropriate recommendations, and hence it is not merely a collation of summary tables. An
outline of chapters is provided below:
1. Introduction
The purpose of this chapter is to provide the background to the project and contact references.
2. DesignDrawings-Specifications
The chapter provides the technical references upon which the project was designed, and a
discussion of any design changes that were recommended and those that were adopted. The
text could also include recommendations for possible future changes to the drawings and
specifications.
3. Contractual
A summary of the contract conditions and any modifications, with recommendations for possible
future changes. It also contains a discussion on all major contractual aspects encountered
during the course of the contract.
4. Establishments
Provides a detail description of the resources mobilized by the Supervision Consultants and the
Contractor. A comparison of the equipment and personnel described in the tender against those
actually brought to the site. A Description of the main items of equipment and the actual
production achieved.
5. Physical and Climatic Conditions
A description of the physical regime, obstacles overcome, normal and actual weather conditions,
including relevant extreme weather conditions, which should correlate with any extension of
time granted for unworkable days based on weather conditions.
6. Operations
A description of how the Contractor tackled the major items of work. This should describe the
type of equipment utilized, the number of passes, the construction teams, the production
capacity actually obtained, problems encountered, and recommendations for future contracts.
7. Quality Control and Materials
Describes the overall framework of Quality Control defined as the testing and inspection of the
works encompassing, survey, inspection, materials testing, and measurement and payment of
the works. A details description of those materials, granted source approval, the location of
borrow pits and quarries, and a summary of the test results obtained from each source.
8. Financial

6-71
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

A description of the certification and payment of the works with reference to the project
documents. An overview of the significant overruns and under runs in BOQ item.
The draft report is to be reviewed and finalized by the DTL who will submit it to the Team
Leader. Appropriate revisions and modifications are then to be enacted and a Final Draft
produced and submitted for approval to the Employer prior to production of final copies.

6-72
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

7 SURVEYING GUIDELINES AND PROCEDURES


7.1 Setting Out Of Centreline
The Contractor shall stake out the centreline soon after taking position of the site. In order to
facilitate the setting out of the centreline of the median the Contractor shall take approval from
the Team Leader. The Team Leader shall ensure submittal of all design information and data
required by the Contractor. The Contractor should fix reference pillars at every 50 m. intervals in
tangent alignment and 20 m. intervals in circular alignment respectively. At every 100 m.
intervals a concrete pillar has to be fixed on either sides of the centreline in order to mark the
levels of sub grade, Sub-base, Base and Bituminous courses with red paint. A schedule of a
minimum of 3 permanent reference dimensions for each pillar shall be prepared with respect to
the centre of reference pillar, and the reference details are to be submitted by the Contractor. In
order to facilitate easy work for cross-sections, the Contractor shall fix wooden pegs of size 2x
2x9 inches at every 10 m. intervals in tangent alignment and 5 m. intervals at circular alignment
in accordance with the proposed centreline. A nail with washer is driven on the road exactly
perpendicular to the wooden pegs at constant offset and the nail should be painted along with
the reference chainage. The reference pillar should be painted with white guttu paint, and
lettering should be with red paint.

7.2 Establishing Working Bench Marks


The Contractor shall establish working benchmarks with respect to the Reference Benchmarks
provided by the DPR. The Engineer will submit reduced levels values. The Contractor has to fix at
least 4 temporary benchmarks (TBMs) per km. The TBMs are fixed at staggered positions in
such a way that at least two pillars are on either side of the centreline. The Contractor shall also
establish TBMs at structures like pipe culverts, major bridges, minor bridges and box culverts
under progress, and at ROBs. The working benchmarks levels should be approved by the
Engineer. Checking must be made of those benchmarks at least once every month, and any
required adjustments to be made should first be approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall
maintain an up-to-date data file of the working benchmarks details, including corrections, and a
copy of this is to be supplied to the Engineer. To ensure clear visibility, the pillars are to be
painted with yellow paint, and all writings are to be painted red.

7.3 Cross-Sections
After staking out of the centreline and fixing of benchmarks, cross-sections are to be taken.
Cross-section levels shall be taken before and after construction, at every 10 m. Intervals on
tangent alignments and 5m. intervals on curved alignments. However 5m intervals should be
adopted to ensure good construction of super elevation in curves. Before construction of the
embankment works, levels have to be taken of the existing ground which is termed O.G.Ls
(Original Ground Levels). O.G.Ls therefore serve as the basis for calculating earthworks
quantities.
Cross-sections shall be started from the road centreline, which is termed the 0 offset. Normally,
on two-lane roads, the levels shall be taken at four positions transversely, at 0.75 and 2.75 m
from either edge of the carriageway for the pavement portion and shall be extended up to Right-
of-Way boundaries on either side of the carriageway at 1.5m offsets. The offset interval can be
changed, as required, depending on the terrain (e.g. if the terrain is very uneven, then a shorter
interval may be indicated). If there is an existing carriageway, then levels shall be taken for each
variation in profile (i.e., at shoulders, bottom of road (RB), Top of road (RT), Centre of road (AC -
7-73
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

asphaltic centre), etc.). This information can then be used, as required, for calculation of P.C.C.
(profile corrective course) quantities. The cross-sections can also be used for fixing of the road
toe line.
During cross-sectioning, the Contractor is responsible for identifying, locating and marking of all
marshy soils areas (i.e. bogs and other areas that are waterlogged and/or contain unsuitable
soils as defined by the Specifications). The Contractor must immediately inform the Engineer of
these areas, including the details of the levels. After removal of marshy soils, the Contractor
again takes levels to enable the calculation of backfilling quantities.
After completion of cross-section, the Contractors shall submit a set of drawings with quantity
calculations (generally generated by software analyses). In the drawings, all O.G.Ls, P.R.Ls and
profiles of existing and new alignments shall be shown.

7.4 Setting out of Structures


The Contractor shall remove all logs, stumps, and other deleterious matter and other
obstructions, as necessary, for layout of all new structures including bridges, culverts, retaining
walls, head walls, cut-off walls, etc., as well as other non-road structures like buildings, borrow
areas, disposal areas, etc., as required. The Contractor shall remove all water from water-logged
areas near structures by suitable dewatering pumps. After the site has been cleared, the
structures shall be set as per drawings (i.e. as per indicated lines, curves, slopes, etc.). The
Contractor shall provide all labour, survey instruments and materials (such as strings, pegs, nails,
bamboos, stones, lime, mortar, concrete etc.) as required in connection with the setting out of
works and the establishment of benchmarks. The Contractor shall also be responsible for the
maintenance of benchmarks and other marks and stakes in accordance with requirements by
the Engineer.
The Contractor shall construct at least 2 pillars for each structures construction location, and
shall fix coordinates for each of them. These pillars should be established, where possible, at
the exact centre of the structures (e.g. centreline of pier, abutment, pile foundation, pillars,
etc.).

7.5 Quantity Survey Requirements


All measurements are to be made under the direction of the Team Leader. All calculation sheets
shall be signed and dated by the preparer. Level Surveys are required of the surface following
completion of each of the embankment and pavement levels (i.e. after acceptance of the F.D.D
(Field Dry Density) tests for the particular site level). The Contractor shall submit the level
information in level sheets for each and every layer of these construction works. All level
readings are to be taken within the permissible limits given in the Specifications.
The Engineer can object to the bill if the levels are established as inaccurate, or if the tolerances
are exceeded. In addition to maintaining required construction layer thicknesses, the Contractor
must also ensure that all lines and grades are observed (e.g. longitudinal grade, and super
elevation, crown and shoulder side-slopes, etc.).

7-74
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

8 QUANTITY SURVEY GUIDELINES AND PROCEDURES


8.1 General Services
Services provided by the Quantity Survey section of PMC under the direction of the TL
encompass the following:
A. Measurement of all pay items as executed by the Contractor in accordance with the
method of measurement as set out in the Specifications.
B. Preparation of the monthly interim payment certificate.
C. Systematic documentation of contract measurements / payments.
D. Ensuring compliance of contract stipulations with regards to variation in contract
quantities & rates.
E. Preparation and recommendation of extra items of work or variation orders, and to
provide associated rate analysis.
F. Provision of suitable input for the settlement of claims by the Contractor.
G. Preparation of cash flow projections, monthly financial statements & estimates for the
final cost of the project.
H. Preparation of final payment certificate for the contract.
I. Providing advice on matters related to Bonds, guarantees & insurances.
While most of the above stated functions are mandatory for Quantity Surveying, it is the
management of measurement services for contractual pay items, certification & payment for the
contract that is the essence of Quantity Survey Services.
8.2 Method of Measurement
The specifications establish criteria for measurements and payment of all items. Broadly they are
based on the following:
Theoretical computations:
Items such as clearing and grubbing, excavation, embankments, paving, and structural concrete
are measured and paid to heat lines or other established pay lines. Therefore, the actual pay
quantities must be arithmetically based upon accurate dimension determined from the contract
drawing and/or with reference to field measurement of initial levels.
Field measurements and verification:
Certain items such as stump removal rock excavation, sodding, etc. are required to be measured
and /or verification of such items must be made while they are accessible and/or subsequently
following their completion. Therefore, to prevent future disagreement measurement or
verification of all such items will be made in cooperation with a Contractors authorized
representative. Such measurements will be recorded in a bound field books and signed by the
Consultants and Contractors representatives.
Monthly Interim Payment Certificate (IPC)
The Interim Certificate will include the following:

8-75
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

1. Interim Payment Certificate forms shall be provided as per the approved format by the
Engineer.
2. Detail measurements of each item of work will be done as per standard formats as attached
for various item of work. The measurement sheets of each item of work will be continuously
numbered and maintained separately, and continuity of page numbers will be maintained in
subsequent bills.
3. Cost of material delivered to the site, which is to be incorporated into the work, may be
included in the interim certificate, provided such material is located on the site in a safe and
secure location, or is properly stored (with the approval of the Team Leader) by the
Contractor in a warehouse, storage yard or similar suitable place within a reasonable
distance of the site. Prior to allowing payment to a Contractor for materials delivered to site
but not yet incorporated into the works, the Contractor will submit, at least six days in
advance of his draft interim certificate, an Approval Request form asking that the above be
verified. The Team Leader will then require the following from the Contractor concerning
payment for materials on site:
a) Proof of ownership, such as a paid invoice, covering the material for which payment
is requested.
b) Specifics of materials, including complete description and exact quantities. The
invoice, required above, may satisfy this requirement.
c) Value of material stored on site, including unit price extension(s), tax freight (if
applicable) and total cost.
d) Certification that the material complies with applicable section of the specification
and/or drawings.
Submission of the Interim Certificate
All requests for monthly payments will be made by the Contractor using the approved Interim
Payment Certificate formats. All requests by the Contractor for payment will be based on
quantities of work actually completed in compliance with the specification (i.e. that have been
approved by the Team Leader as supported by the Approved RFIs and Test Results).
The Deputy Team Leader will confirm the accuracy of the quantities submitted by the Contractor
based on his well-documented item log maintained by him on the basis of daily reports. If there
is any difference in quantity for any item of work as submitted by the Contractor in his draft
interim certificate, the DTL should discuss this difference with the Contractor and make
corrections as required.
All the supporting documents to the IPC like test results, RFIs, quantity and quality certificates
etc. and other statutory documentations should be provided by Contractor in coordination with
the DTL and the concerned Executive Engineer.

8-76
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

9 BRIDGE / CD STRUCTURES CONSTRUCTION GUIDELINES AND


PROCEDURES
9.1 General Requirements
The Main activities to be monitored and checked by the Bridge Engineer and his field staff are:
load testing of test piles (or verification testing),
pile/well concreting,
substructure construction, and
Super-structure construction.
Additional activities related to checking of the preliminary activities for specific bridge works are
carried out in association with other Consultancy Supervision specialists, including:
approval of source materials (Materials Engineer),
concrete mix designs (Materials Engineer),
setting out of the works (Survey Engineer), and
foundation and soil strata verification (Materials Engineer).
9.2 Setting Out
After monitoring of the centreline marking for alignment pillars, the following stage checks are
made jointly by the Bridge and Survey Engineer representatives:
Verification of the centreline,
Verification of co-ordinates for the abutments and piers, and
Verification of tilt and shift.
9.3 Foundation Works
The following checks of the foundation works are made on site by the bridge field staff:
Verification of foundation strata and depth of foundation and S.B.C.
Verification of steel reinforcement (size, number and spacing of bars) and cover,
Verification of concrete pour card, monitoring of concrete sampling and slump testing
and records, and monitoring of the curing process, and
Checking/verification of the Top Level and Cutting Level.
9.4 Sub-structure Works
The following checks of the sub-structure works are made on site by the field staff:
Checking of temporary structures (e.g. staging and formwork), following verification and
approval of construction drawings for these structures,
Checking/verification of steel reinforcement (size, number and spacing of bars, overlaps,
cover),
Verification of shuttering on site, including plumb, level, alignment, etc., and

9-77
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

Verification of concrete pour card, monitoring of concrete sampling and slump testing
and records, and monitoring of the curing process.
9.5 Super-structure Works
The following checks of the super-structure works are made on site by the field staff:
Checking/verification of steel reinforcement (size, number and spacing of bars, overlaps,
cover),
Verification of staging and shuttering, levelling, alignment, etc.,
Monitoring and verification of all aspects of the pre-stressing operations for PSC beams,
and
Verification of concrete pour card, monitoring of concrete sampling and slump testing
and records, and monitoring of the curing process.
9.6 Maintenance of Records
In addition to the daily diaries kept by all Construction Supervision Bridge Engineering staff,
detailed records of all relevant quality control activities/results (e.g. material approvals and
testing results) and quantity surveying records (quantity measurements, etc.) are carefully
compiled and maintained by supporting Construction Supervision staff. It is also essential that
the Contractor maintains a history Register of all bridge activities including approved formats for
pile/well concreting.

9-78
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

10 ENVIRONMENTAL
10.1 General
The Construction Supervision Consultants play a vital role in ensuring that the environmental
and social impacts for implementation of the construction works are minimized, and that all
aspects of the Environmental Management Plan are implemented. The lead role for this activity
is the Environmental Engineer for each Package. However, it is to be emphasized that due to the
importance of these activities that the Environmental Officers report directly to, and are to
receive full attention and cooperation from, the Team Leader and Deputy Team Leader
10.2 Pre-Construction / Early Construction Period Activities
The following environmental-related activities are to be implemented during the pre-
construction / construction (early part) periods:
Create a sense of environmental / safety awareness within all construction activities for
all Contract parties (Employer, Contractor, Consultant) by constant referral to
environmental requirements, implications, and responsibilities.
Formally request in writing that the Contractor facilitate the mobilisation of equipment
necessary to ensure early commencement of the Environmental Monitoring Plan
Develop all necessary guidelines and procedures (including the development of standard
recording / reporting forms) required for the consideration and implementation of
environmental activities during all aspects of the Works implementation process.
Compare the Engineering Plans with Site conditions to assess what, if any, trees, PAPs
facilities, cultural/religious properties, etc. can be saved by checking actual minimum
clearances from the works, by effecting minor revisions to the designs (e.g. slightly
shifting of culvert locations), etc.
Include in the Consultants Design Review improvements for intersections, improved
drainage, and recommend the use of scarified asphalted materials within the works.
10.3 Environmental Monitoring Program
The Consultant is to ensure that the Contractor implements the Environmental Monitoring
Program as per the contractor document.
Successful implementation of the Environmental Monitoring Program is contingent on the
following:
1. The Consultant is to request the Contractor to commence all the initial tests for
monitoring (i.e. for Air, Water Quality and Noise Levels) early in the Contract to establish
base readings (i.e. to assess the existing conditions prior to effects from the
Construction activities being felt).
2. The Consultant is to request the Contractor to submit for approval a tentative schedule
of subsequent periodic tests to be carried out.
3. Monitoring by the Supervision Consultants Environmental Engineer of all the
environmental monitoring tests, and subsequent analysis of results.
4. Where indicated by testing results, and any other relevant on-site conditions, to instruct
the Contractor to:
10-79
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

Modify the testing schedule (dates, frequency)


Modify (add to or delete) testing locations
Verify testing results with additional testing as/if required
Require recalibration of equipment, etc., as necessary
Request the Contractor to stop, modify or defer specific construction equipment,
processes, etc., as necessary, that are deemed to have contributed significantly to
monitoring readings in access of permissible environmental safe levels.
10.4 Monitoring of Earthworks Activities
Most of the environmental problems related to the construction works are anticipated to be
associated with the earthworks, particularly for the Quarries and Borrow Areas.
Other environmental effects associated with the earthworks include the development of
adequate temporary drainage to minimize detrimental effects (e.g. erosion) due to run-off, and
safety aspects related to Works implementation
10.5 Environmental Safety
Guidelines and procedures to be adopted in the Project to promote safety and health are
discussed in earlier sections of this document. Additional safety related guidelines are included
indirectly under other subjects presented in the Construction Supervision Manual.
10.6 Monitoring of Contractors Facilities, Plant and Equipment
All issues related to negative environmental impacts of the Contractors Facilities, Plant and
equipment are to be controlled through:
The Contractors self-imposed Quality Assurance Plan
Regular/periodic inspection of the Contractors Plant and Equipment
Monthly Appraisal of the Contractor.
Safety and environmental aspects related to the Contractors Plant and Equipment are
discussed in earlier sections of this document. Other environmental impacts are to be regularly
identified and noted on the Monthly Appraisal inspection made to review all aspects of the
Contractors operation. The Environmental Officer is to review all Monthly Appraisal reports,
and through the Resident Engineer is to instruct the Contractor to rectify all significant negative
environmental impacts.
10.7 Post-Construction Environmental Activities
The Consultants Construction Supervision Services are to be continued on a part-time basis
throughout the defects liability period, and hence this provides the opportunity to identify and
assess the initial environmental impacts for the Project during the first twelve months. It is
anticipated that some of the issues that may be identified include:
Accident black spots along the project roads (particularly at junctions with the major
cross-roads.
Drainage problems, and their associated properties such as flooding, erosion and damage
to road infrastructure and adjacent public/private property.

10-80
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

Noise, sound and/or water pollution to be determined through the Environmental


Monitoring Program.
Problems related to the replantation schemes (i.e. for tree replacement).

10-81
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

11 METHOD STATEMENT FOR SURVEY IN HIGHWAY WORK


Summary:
To facilitate the setting out works and to establish working bench marks with reference to
Reference Bench Marks.
Objective:
The purpose of this method statement is to describe the sequence of activities like traversing of
GPS coordinates, center line marking, traversing of reference benching marks and fixing of
working bench marks and fixing of reference pillars at every 40m interval.
Input:
Clause 109 of technical specification and MOSRTH.
General Documents / Records:
The following general documents/records shall be kept maintained as per relevant applicable
Quality Management Procedures:
1) Construction Schedules
2) MOSRTH and other Technical Specifications including relevant IS/IRC/BS/ASTM Codes
3) Site order book/complaints book including action taken status
4) Product Non-conformance Reports etc.
All the above document/records shall be maintained at site and as well as in the laboratory with
proper and defined filing system which can be identified & traceable.

Means -
Manpower:
Survey / Site Engineer
Survey assistants
Labour
Equipment:
- Auto Level Sokkia, reading up to 5mm accuracy by direct observation and 1mm accuracy
by estimation
- Leveling Stand & Staff 4m and 5m high
- Steel tapes
- Safety Jackets
- Field Umbrellas

Materials:
Specification requirement:

11-82
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

Sl.
Description of work Reference Specification Limits
No

Clause 109.9 of Standard Deviation + 2mm per


1 Auto levels
MOSRTH km

Accuracy: 5mm by direct


Clause 109.8.1 of
2 Auto levels observation and 1mm by
Technical Specification
estimation

Construction Method:
The Traversing of Reference Bench Marks (RBM) shall be carried out by double run leveling
instruments by connecting it to the GTS bench mark and closing on another GTS bench mark,
after traversing of reference bench marks, working Bench Marks (WBM) shall be established at a
rate of 4 per kilometer and also at or near all drainage structures, over bridges and Underpasses
and shall be got approved by the Engineers Representative.
Checks on working and reference Bench marks shall be carried out once in every month.
The Bench Mark Register shall be updated and issued to the Engineer each time and corrections
if any shall be got verified and approved by the Engineers Representative.
The Survey work shall be carried out under the guidance of Survey Engineer with the help of
supporting staff.
Traffic Safety:
While doing the survey work the following safety measures will be provided,
i. Cones will be kept at survey locations
ii. Reflective type Safety jackets will be provided to every working men
iii. Site Engineer will be briefed and be well versed with all site safety measures.
iv. First Aid facility will be provided.

11-83
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

12 METHOD STATEMENT FOR EXCAVATION OF ROADWAY


Summary:
The work shall consist of excavation, removal and satisfactory disposal of all materials and
stacking of usable materials necessary for the construction of roadway of widening the
pavements and excavation of shoulder in the lines grades and cross-section shown on the
drawings. The suitable material will be used for embankments and sub grades. The unsuitable
material will be disposed of after classification and approval by Engineers Representative.
Objective:
The purpose of this method statement is to describe the activities to form foundation for roads
until formation.
Input: Section 300 Earthwork, Erosion Control & drainage.
Section 900 Quality control for Road Works
General Documents / Records:
The following general documents/records shall be kept maintained as per relevant applicable
Quality Management Procedures:
1) Construction Schedules
2) MOSRTH and other Technical Specifications including relevant IS/IRC/BS/ASTM Codes
3) Site order book/complaints including action taken status
4) Product Non-conformance Reports etc.
5) Longitudinal Sections and Cross-sections are made available.
All the above document/records shall be maintained at site and as well as in the laboratory with
proper and defined filing system, which can be identified & traceable.
Means:
a) Man Power:
Site Engineer
Quality Control Engineer
Survey Engineer
Sr. Field Supervisors
Skilled & Unskilled Labour
b) Equipment:
Excavators
Trailer
Tippers
Bulldozers
Motor graders

12-84
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

Water Tankers
Vibratory Rollers
Survey Equipment:
Auto Level reading up to 5mm accuracy by direct observation and 1mm accuracy
by estimation
Field Density In-situ Test Equipment
Materials:
Excavated Materials: All materials involved in excavation shall be classified and submitted to the
Engineer for his approval. Approved excavated material will be used for filling of embankment
and sub grade. Unsuitable materials shall be disposed off to designated locations as directed by
the engineer.
Specification requirement:

Sl.
Name of the test Reference Specification Requirement
No

1. M.D.D Table 300-1 of MOSRTH Not less than


15.2 KN /M3

2. Maximum size of coarse Clause 305.2.1.4 of MOSRTH Not greater than


material 75 mm

3. Free Swell Index Clause 305.2.1.2 of Technical Not greater than 50%
Specification

4. Liquid Limit Clause 305.2.1.1 of MOSRTH Not greater than 70

5. Plasticity Index Clause 305.2.1.1 of MOSRTH Not greater than 45

6. CBR Clause 305.2.1.5 of Technical Minimum 10%


Specification

Construction method:
Setting out: Fixing of layout of the road, and taking the levels of road cross sections / ground
levels using working bench marks and reference pillars set out as per technical specification in
advance of the earth work operation.
After completion of the clearing and grubbing operation, the limits of excavation shall be set out
true to lines, curves, slopes, grades and section as shown in the drawings or as directed by the
Engineer.
All the bench marks and control points will be protected until completion of the construction
work. On completion of the above activities jointly with the Engineer, work request will be
submitted for the Engineers approval before commencing the earth work.
12-85
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

Stripping & Storing top soil : The top soil existing over the sites of Excavation shall be stripped to
the specified depths and stockpiled at designated locations for use in covering embankment
slopes, cut slopes, berms and other disturbed areas where re-vegetation is desired as per the
Engineers approval.
Excavation work:
a) General: Excavation work for roadway shall be carried out by machinery (Excavator /
Dozer) up to the required depths and dimensions as per the approved construction
drawings. The excavated material will be transported directly to one of the following
areas.
i. If the soil is suitable for embankment works (when tested in the laboratory
and approved by the Engineer), it will be transported to embankment
areas.
ii. If the soil is not suitable (LL > 70, PI > 45, FSI >50 & If it is marshy, boggy
and organic soil) for embankment works, it will be dumped in the
designated areas, as directed by the Engineer.
iii. All debris and loose material on the slopes of cutting shall be removed.
iv. All excavation work, the sides of excavated area shall be trimmed and
graded.
b) Excavation of road shoulders for widening of pavement or providing treated shoulder : In
works involving widening of existing pavements or providing paved shoulders, the
existing paved shoulders / hard shoulder / earthen shoulders shall be removed to its full
width and depth up to the subgrade bottom level shown on drawings or as directed by
the Engineer.
If the existing material below the sub base level up to a depth of 500mm or more is
suitable for sub grade (with soaked CBR not less than 10%) shall be retained. Any
unsuitable material encountered in this portion of subgrade shall be removed as per the
Engineers approval and replaced with suitable material.
c) Preparation of cut formation: The cut formation which serves as a subgrade, the material
in the subgrade (that is within 500mm from the lowest level of pavement) has a density
less than 97%, the same shall be loosened to a depth of 500mm and compacted in layers
in accordance with clause 305 to a density not less than 97%.
Controls:
Quality control tests on road way excavation material for use in embankment & subgrade :

Sl. Specification
Name of the test Code Reference Requirement Frequency of tests
No

1. Sand Content IS 2720 Part-4 --- 2 tests per 3000m3


of Soil

2. Plasticity test IS 2720 Part-5 For every change 2 tests per 3000m3
of strata of Soil

12-86
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

3. Density Test IS 2720 Part-8 For each soil type 2 tests per 3000m3
to be tested of Soil

4. Deleterious content IS 2720 Part-27 Total sulphate 1 test per source


content not
greater than
0.5% by mass

5. Moisture content IS 2720 Part-2 OMC One test per 250m3


of soil
+1% or -2%

6. CBR Clause 305.2.1.5 of 10% (for use in 1 test per 3000m3 of


Technical Specification subgrade) Soil

7. Free Swell Index IS 2720 Part-40 Not greater than 1 test per every
50% change of strata

Table showing the Compaction requirement for Clearing & Grubbing bed and cut formation:

Specification Requirement
Sl. (relative compaction as Frequency of
Type of Work Reference
No percentage of Maximum tests
laboratory dry density)

1 Embankment Clause 305.3.4 Not less than 95% One test per
1000 Sqm of
area

2. Subgrade Clause 305.3.4 Not less than 97% One test per
500 Sqm of area

Table showing the tolerance in surface levels:

Sl.No Type of Work Reference Specification Requirement

1 Embankment Table 900-1 of MOSRTH +20mm


-25mm

2. Subgrade Table 900-1 of MOSRTH +20mm


-25mm

The roadway excavation will be executed as per the above method statement under the
guidance of Highway Engineer and Material Engineer with the help of supporting staff.
12-87
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

Traffic Safety:
While taking up the excavation work the following safety measures will be provided,
i. Barricading will be kept along the stretch
ii. Precautionary signs will be kept in both directions wherever necessary
iii. At required places the cones, sand bags, red flags and safety ribbon will be provided.
iv. Experienced personnel are allowed at working area.
v. Site Engineer will be briefed and be well versed with all site safety measures.
vi. Site safety member shall be available to respond correctly to emergency.
vii. First Aid facility will be provided.
viii. Proper and adequate lighting to be provided when working at night.
Safety Measures to Protect the Environment:
While dumping the material to form the embankment / subgrade layers or while disposing of the
unsuitable material, dust would spread all over the nearby area, to prevent this water tanker
shall be made available at the dumping area and water will be sprinkled on the formation of
embankment layer as well as from the borrow area up to the working bed to minimize the dust
pollution.

12-88
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

13 METHOD STATEMENT FOR EMBANKMENT WORK


Summary:
The work shall consist of laying, spreading and compacting embankment in layers with approved
materials.
Objective:
The purpose of this method statement is to describe the sequence of activities and method for
filling of embankment and the quality control tests required to be conducted to make it easier
for construction.
Input:
Clause 305 of MORT&H.
IS 2720 Part-8, IS 2720 Part-40, IS 2720 Part-2, IS 2720 Part-4,
IS 2720 Part-5, IS 2720 Part-28
General Documents / Records:
The following general documents/records shall be kept maintained as per relevant applicable
Quality Management Procedures:
1. Construction Schedules
2. MOSRTH and other Technical Specifications including relevant IS/IRC/BS/ASTM Codes
3. Site order book/complaints including action taken status
4. Product Non-conformance Reports etc.
5. Cross-sections are made available.
All the above document/records shall be maintained at site and as well as in the laboratory with
proper and defined filing system which can be identified & traceable
4. Means:
a) Man Power:
Site Engineer
Quality Control Engineer
Survey Engineer
Field Engineers (Execution)
Field Engineers (Quality Control)
Field Supervisors
Skilled & Unskilled Labour
b) Equipment:
Excavators / Loaders
Tippers
Bulldozers
13-89
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

Motor graders
Water Tankers
Vibratory Rollers
Survey Equipment: Auto Levels
Field Density In-situ Test Equipment.
5. Materials:
Specification requirement:

Specification
Sl.No Name of the test Reference
Requirement

1. M.D.D Table 300-1 of Not less than


MOSRTH
a) Embankment up to 3m height 15.2 KN /M3
Table 300-1 of
b) Embankment exceeding Not less than
MOSRTH
3m height or embankment of 16 KN /M3
any height subject to long period
of inundation

2. Maximum size of coarse material Clause 305.2.1.4 of Not greater than


MOSRTH 75 mm

3. Free Swell Index Clause 305.2.1.2 of Not greater than


Technical 50%
Specification

4. Liquid Limit Clause 305.2.1.1 of Not greater than 70


MOSRTH

5. Plasticity Index Clause 305.2.1.1 of Not greater than 45


MOSRTH

Construction method:
Marking of toe line: Distance of toe from center line will be taken from cross section and
batter pegs on both sides at every 20m intervals will be marked for the limits of embankment in
such a way that the embankment will be built sufficiently wider than the design width so that
surplus material is trimmed later, remaining material will be ensured to the required density.
a) The original ground shall be leveled, scarified, mixed with water and then compacted by
rolling to achieve at least 95% of density and to facilitate placement of first layer of
embankment so as to achieve minimum dry density of not less than 95%.
b) If unsuitable material (LL>70, PI>45 & FSI>50%, Marshy, Organic and Peat) is encountered
in the embankment foundation, same shall be got verified by the Engineer, the

13-90
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

unsuitable material shall be removed and replaced by approved material, laid in layers
and compacted to not less than 95% of the density obtained as per IS 2720 part 8.
c) Water will be sprinkled on the surface by water tanker having spray bar arrangement
before starting next layer.
d) Soil will be dumped from the approved borrow areas at such a rate that loose thickness
of fill will attain required thickness of the layer after compaction and the maximum layer
thickness is restricted to 250mm as per technical specification. Number of trips to be
dumped between two Chainages will be calculated prior to dumping and material
dumped accordingly. Spreading of soil will be done with dozer and final grading will be
done by a Motor grader, Any coarser material greater than 75mm size observed on the
spread layer will be removed by picking manually and this shall be controlled to the
extent possible at the borrow area itself.
e) The embankment material shall be spread, dried or water added depending on OMC
required and it will be ensured that at the time of compaction the moisture content shall
be +1% or -2% of OMC.
f) Mixing of soil will be done with Motor Grader to bring surface finish, camber and
gradient as per line & levels as per the approved drawings.
g) Compaction: Rolling will be started immediately after grading is finished with 80 to 100
KN Static weight vibratory rollers for compaction. Compaction will start from lower end
towards center by giving 1/3rd overlap of drum width in roller movement. As many
passes of roller as to attain 95% of MDD (Max. dry density). Number of passes required
to achieve desired density will be worked out during field trials.
h) Checking: Field dry density will be checked by using sand replacement method. Moisture
Meter will be used for determining moisture content. Next layer will be dumped after
obtaining approval of the previous layer by the Engineer. Further compaction will be
done if compaction achieved is less than 95%. Loose pockets will be reworked upon and
brought to the required compaction.
i) Where necessary to facilitate compaction of the sub grade to 97% relative compaction, a
maximum depth of 250mm below the sub grade bottom level shall be loosened, watered
and compacted to not less than 95% of dry density in accordance with clause 305.3.4.
j) Preparation of Embankment top : As the filling reaches to the final layer of embankment,
the surface will be brought to required grade and camber as per the approved drawings,
and the construction of sub grade will be taken up only after approval of embankment
top levels and field density by the Engineer,.
k) Measurement : Earth embankment construction shall be measured separately by taking
cross section at intervals after clearing and grubbing and if necessary compaction of
original ground before the embankment work starts and after its completion and
computing the volumes of earthwork in cubic meter by the method of average end areas.
Controls:
i. Material used in the preparation of formation shall be sampled then checked in our field
laboratory and got approved by the Engineer as per the necessary Specifications given
under.

13-91
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

ii. The compaction shall be checked by the Field Density Test by sand replacement method
IS 2720 part 28,and the layer must attain the minimum relative compaction of not less
than 95% of the Maximum Dry Density obtained by IS 2720 part 8.
iii. One measurement will be taken for each 1000 Sqm of compacted area subject to
minimum of six measurements in each test.
Quality control tests on borrow area material:

Sl. Specification
Name of the test Reference Requirement Frequency of tests
No

1. Sand Content IS 2720 Part-4 2 tests per 3000m3


of Soil

2. Plasticity test IS 2720 Part-5 For every 2 tests per 3000m3


change of of Soil
strata

3. Density Test IS 2720 Part-8 For each soil 2 tests per 3000m3
type to be of Soil
tested

4. Deleterious content IS 2720 Part-27 --- One test per


source

5. Moisture content IS 2720 Part-2 OMC One test per


250m3 of soil
+1% or -2%

6. Free Swell Index IS 2720 Part-40 Not greater 1 test per every
than 50% change of strata

Table showing the Compaction requirement for embankment layer construction:

Specification
Requirement (relative
Sl. compaction as Frequency of
Type of Work Reference
No percentage of tests
Maximum laboratory
dry density)

1 Embankment upto IS 2720 Part-8 Not less than 95% One test per
6m Height 1000 Sqm of
area

2. High embankment IS 2720 Part-8 Not less than 97% One test per
(exceeding 6m 1000 Sqm of
Height) area

13-92
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

Table showing the tolerance in finished surface levels:

Sl. Specification
Type of Work Reference Requirement
No

1 Embankment Top Table 900-1 of MORT & H +20mm


-25mm

The embankment construction will be executed as per the above method statement under the
guidance of Highway Engineers and Materials Engineer with the help of supporting staff.
Traffic Safety:
While preparing embankment the following safety measures will be provided,
i. Barricading will be kept along the stretch
ii. Precautionary signs will be kept in both directions wherever necessary
iii. At required places the cones, sand bags, red flags and safety ribbon will be provided.
iv. Experienced personnel are allowed at working area.
v. Site Engineer will be briefed and be well versed with all site safety measures.
vi. Site safety member shall be available to respond correctly to emergency.
vii. First Aid facility will be provided.
viii. Proper and adequate lighting to be provided when working at night.
Safety Measures to Protect the Environment:
While dumping the material to form the embankment layers, dust may spread all over nearby
area, to prevent this water will be sprinkled over the formation of embankment layer as well as
along the route from the borrow area to the working bed so as to minimize the dust pollution.

13-93
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

14 METHOD STATEMENT FOR SUBGRADE WORK


Summary:
The work shall consists of laying, spreading and compacting subgrade in layers with approved
materials in.
Objective:
The purpose of this method statement is to describe the sequence of activities and method for
filling of subgrade and the quality control tests required to be conducted to make it easier for
construction and to form the base for the pavement layers.
Input:
Clause 305 of technical specification.
IS 2720 Part-8, IS 2720 Part-40, IS 2720 Part-2, IS 2720 Part-4,
IS 2720 Part-5, IS 2720 Part-28, IS 2720 Part-16
General Documents / Records:
The following general documents/records shall be kept maintained as per relevant applicable
Quality Management Procedures:
1) Construction Schedules
2) MOSRTH and other Technical Specifications including relevant IS/IRC/BS/ASTM
Codes
3) Site order book/complaints including action taken status
4) Product Non-conformance Reports etc.
5) Cross-sections are made available.

All the above document/records shall be maintained at site and as well as in the laboratory with
proper and defined filing system which can be identified & traceable.
Means :
a) Man Power:
Site Engineer
Quality Control Engineer
Survey Engineer
Field Engineers (Execution)
Field Engineers (Quality Control)
Field Supervisors
Skilled & Unskilled Labour
b) Equipment:
Excavators / Loaders

14-94
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

Tippers
Bulldozers
Motor graders
Water Tankers
Dewatering pump
Vibratory Rollers
Auto Level reading up to 5mm accuracy by direct observation and 1mm
accuracy by estimation and Auto Levels
Field Density In-situ Test Equipment.
Materials:
Specification requirement :

Sl. Specification
Name of the test Reference
No Requirement

1. M.D.D Table 300-1 of MOSRTH Not less than


17.5 KN /M3

2. Maximum size of coarse material Clause 305.2.1.4 of MOSRTH Not greater than
50 mm

3. Free Swell Index Clause 305.2.1.2 of Not greater than


Technical Specification 50%

4. Liquid Limit Clause 305.2.1.1 of MOSRTH Not greater than 70

5. Plasticity Index Clause 305.2.1.1 of MOSRTH Not greater than 45

6. C B R (4 days soaked) Clause 305.2.1.5 of Minimum 7 to 10%


Technical Specification

Construction method:
Marking of toe line: Distance of toe from centre line will be taken from cross section and
batter pegs on both sides at every 20m intervals will be marked for the limits in such a way that
the subgrade will be built sufficiently wider than the design width so that surplus material will be
trimmed later, remaining material will be ensured to the required density.
a) Where necessary to facilitate compaction of the ground/subgrade to 97% relative
compaction as stated above, a further depth of maximum of 0.25 meter thickness shall
be loosened, watered and compacted in accordance with Clauses 305.3.5 and 305.3.6 to
not less than 97% of maximum dry density.

14-95
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

b) If unsuitable material (LL>70, PI>45 & FSI>50%) is encountered at subgrade level, same
shall be got verified by the Engineer. The unsuitable material shall be removed up to a
depth of 500mm below subgrade bottom level and replaced by approved material, laid in
layers and compacted to the required degree of compaction i.e not less than 97%.
c) Water will be sprinkled on the surface by water tanker having spray bar arrangement
before starting next layer.
d) Soil will be dumped from the approved borrow areas at such a rate that loose thickness
of fill will attain required thickness of the layer after compaction and the maximum layer
thickness is restricted to 250mm as per clause 305.3.5.1 of technical specification.
Number of trips to be dumped between two Chainages will be calculated prior to
dumping and material dumped accordingly. Spreading of soil will be done with dozer and
final grading will be done by a Motor grader, Any coarser material greater than 50mm
size observed on the spread layer will be removed by picking manually and this will be
controlled to the extent possible at the borrow area itself.
e) The Subgrade material shall be spread dried or water added depending on OMC required
and it will be ensured that at the time of compaction the moisture content shall be +1%
or -2% of OMC.
f) Mixing of soil will be done with Motor Grader to bring surface finish, camber and
gradient as per line & levels as per the approved drawings.
g) Compaction: Rolling will be started immediately after grading is finished with 80 to 100
KN Static weight vibratory rollers for compaction. Compaction will start from lower end
towards centre by giving 1/3 rd overlap of drum width in roller movement. As many
passes of roller as to attain 97% of MDD (Max. dry density). Number of passes required
to achieve desired density will be worked out during field trials.
h) Checking: Field dry density will be checked by using sand replacement method. Moisture
Meter will be used for determining moisture content. Next layer will be dumped after
obtaining approval of the previous layer by the Engineer. Further compaction will be
done if compaction achieved is less than 97%. Loose pockets will be reworked upon and
brought to the required compaction.
i) Wherever Subgrade has to be provided on cut formation of embankment top and if
necessary a maximum depth of 250mm below the embankment top shall be loosened,
watered and compacted to achieve not less than 95% of dry density in accordance with
clause 305.3.4.
j) Preparation of cut formation: The cut formation which serves as a subgrade, the material
in the subgrade (that is within 500mm from the lowest level of pavement) has a density
less than 97%, the same shall be loosened to a depth of 250mm and compacted in layers
in accordance with clause 305 to a density not less than 97%.
k) Preparation of Subgrade top: As the filling reaches the final layer of subgrade, the surface
will be brought to required grade and camber as per the approved drawings and the
construction of Granular Sub Base will be taken up after approval of levels and field
density by the Engineer.

14-96
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

Controls:
i. Material used in the preparation of formation shall be sampled then checked in field
laboratory and got approved by the Engineer as per the necessary Specifications.
ii. The compaction shall be checked by the Field Density Test by sand replacement method
IS 2720 part 28,and the layer must attain the minimum relative compaction of not less
than 97% of the Max.Dry Density obtained by IS 2720 part 8.
iii. One measurement will be taken for each 500 Sqm of compacted area subject to
minimum of Six measurements in each test.

Quality control tests on borrow area material :

Sl. Specification
Name of the test Reference Requirement Frequency of tests
No

1. Sand Content IS 2720 Part-4 ---- 2 tests per


3
3000m of Soil

2. Plasticity test IS 2720 Part-5 For every 2 tests per


3
change of 3000m of Soil
strata

3. Density Test IS 2720 Part-8 For each soil 2 tests per


3
type to be 3000m of Soil
tested

4. Deleterious IS 2720 Part-27 --- One test per


content source

5. Moisture content IS 2720 Part-2 OMC One test per


3
250m of soil
+1% or -2%

6. CBR IS 2720 Part -16 10% (for use in 1 test per 3000m3
subgrade) of Soil

7. Free Swell Index IS 2720 Part-40 Not greater 1 test per every
than 50% change of strata

14-97
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

Table showing the Compaction requirement for Subgrade layer construction:

Specification
Requirement
(relative
Sl. compaction as
Type of Work Reference Frequency of tests
No percentage of
Maximum
laboratory dry
density)

1 Subgrade IS 2720 Part-8 Not less than One test per 500
97% Sqm of area

Table showing the tolerance in finished surface levels:

Sl. Specification Requirement


Type of Work Reference
No

1 Subgrade Top Table 900-1 of MOSRTH +20mm


-25mm

The subgrade construction will be executed as per the above method statement under the
guidance of Highway Engineer and Materials Engineer with the help of supporting staff.

Traffic Safety:
While preparing subgrade the following safety measures will be provided,
i. Barricading will be kept along the stretch
ii. Precautionary signs will be kept in both directions wherever necessary
iii. At required places the cones, sand bags, red flags and safety ribbon will be provided.
iv. Experienced personnel are allowed at working area.
v. Site Engineer will be briefed and be well versed with all site safety measures.
vi. First Aid facility will be provided.
vii. Proper and adequate lighting to be provided when working at night.

14-98
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

Safety Measures to Protect the Environment:


While dumping the material to form the subgrade layers, dust may spread all over nearby area,
to prevent this water will be sprinkled over the formation of subgrade layer as well as along the
route from the borrow area to the working bed so as to minimize the dust pollution.

14-99
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

15 METHOD STATEMENT FOR GRANULAR SUB BASE WORK


Summary:
This work shall consist of laying and compacting close graded material on prepared Sub grade
conforming to grading 1 of table 400-1 of MOSRTH and Technical Specification section 400. The
compacted layer thickness shall be 200mm conforming to the lines, grades and cross-sections
shown on the drawing or as directed by the Engineer.
Objective:
The purpose of this method statement is to describe the sequence of activities and method for
filling of Granular Sub Base and the quality control tests required to be conducted to make it
easier for construction and to form the sub base for the pavement layers.
Input:
Clause 400 of technical specification.
IS 2720 Part-8, IS 2720 Part-40, IS 2720 Part-2, IS 2720 Part-4,
IS 2720 Part-5, IS 2720 Part-28, IS 2720 Part-16, BS 812 111, IS 2720 Part-37
General Documents/Records:
The following general documents/records shall be kept maintained as per relevant applicable
Quality Management Procedures:
1) Construction Schedules
2) MOSRTH and other Technical Specifications including relevant IS/IRC/BS/ASTM
Codes
3) Site order book/complaints including action taken status
4) Product Non-conformance Reports etc.
5) Longitudinal Sections and Cross-section drawings.
All the above documents/records shall be maintained at site and as well as in the laboratory with
proper and defined filing system which can be identified & traceable
Means:
a) Man Power:
Site Engineer
Quality Control Engineer
Survey Engineer
Field Engineers (Execution)
Field Engineers (Quality Control)
Field Supervisors
Skilled & Unskilled Labour
b) Equipment:
Screening Plant
15-100
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

Excavators
Loaders
Dozers
Tippers / Dumpers
Motor graders
Water Tankers with sprinklers
Vibratory Rollers
Survey Equipment: Auto Levels
Field Density In-situ Test Equipment.

Materials:
The materials used for GSB construction will be Crushed material and confirm to MOSRTH Table
400-1 & Table 400-2.

The material shall be jointly checked for conformation to gradation requirement. M.D.D & OMC
shall be determined for the material as per IS 2720 part (8).
Materials shall confirm to the following physical requirement.

Name of Test Specification

(1) 10 % Fines Value (Soaked) Not less than 50 KN


15-101
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

(2) Water Absorption of coarse Aggregate Not more than 2 %

(3) Liquid limit Not more than 25 %

(4) Plasticity Index Not more than 6 %

(5) Sand equivalent value (material passing 4.75mm IS Sieve) Not less than 50 %

(6) CBR Minimum 30%

Table showing the tolerance in finished surface levels:

Sl. Specification Requirement


Type of Work Reference
No

1 GSB Table 900-1 of MOSRTH -20mm


+10mm

Construction Method:
1. Approved Granular sub base material will be dumped and spread on the approved subgrade
in full required width with the help of motor grader, the layer is maintained uniform material
without segregation. The total thickness of Granular sub base of 200mm will be constructed
in single layer.
2. Required cross slope and Gradient shall be maintained as per drawings.
3. Moisture content of the loose materials shall be checked before rolling in accordance with IS
2720 part(2). In case of moisture content is less, the balance percentage of water will be
added to the spreaded material by means of water tanker fitted with spray bar sprinkling
arrangement to ensure that the mix is at its required moisture content of +1% to -2% of OMC
immediate prior to compaction.
4. Rolling will be done by 80-100 KN Static weight vibratory single drum compactor with plain
drum. The speed of the roller is maintained less than 5 km per Hr. The rolling will commence
longitudinally at the lower edge and proceed towards the upper edge longitudinally for
portion having unidirectional cross fall and super elevation till the density achieved is at least
98 % of the Maximum Dry Density for the material determined as per IS 2720 part (8).
Note: The rolling pattern will be established by carrying out on trial stretch of GSB on approved
subgrade in main carriage way portion.
The surface finish and grade of finished granular sub base layer shall confirm to the
requirements of clause 902.
Controls:
Frequency of testing and types of tests to be conducted on compacted granular sub base layer
shall be as follows.

Sr. No Name of Test Frequency


15-102
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

1 Gradation Analysis Two tests per day.

2 Atterberg limits One test per source.

3 Density of Compacted Layer One test per 700 Sqm.

4 Deleterious Content As Required

5 CBR As Required

If any non-conformance observed during inspection and also during testing of materials the
same will be rectified to meet the specifications requirements preventive action will be initiated
to prevent such things in future.
The Granular Sub Base construction will be executed as per the above method statement under
the guidance of Highway Engineer and Materials Engineer with the help of supporting staff.
Traffic Safety:
While preparing Granular Sub Base the following safety measures will be provided,
i. Barricading will be kept along the stretch
ii. Precautionary signs will be kept in both directions wherever necessary
iii. At required places the cones, sand bags, red flags and safety ribbon will be provided.
iv. Site Engineer will be briefed and be well versed with all site safety measures.
v. Site safety member shall be available to respond correctly to emergency.
vi. First Aid facility will be provided.
vii. Proper and adequate lighting to be provided when working at night.
Safety Measures to Protect the Environment:
While dumping the material to form the GSB layers, dust may spread all over nearby area, to
prevent this water will be sprinkled over the formation of Subgrade layer as well as along the
route from the borrow area to the working bed so as to minimize the dust pollution.

15-103
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

16 METHOD STATEMENT FOR WET MIX MACADAM WORK


Summary:
This work will consist of generation, laying and compacting clean, crushed and well graded
aggregates premixed with water to a dense mass of prepared sub-base according to Technical
Specification of the contract.
Objective:
The purpose of this method statement is to describe the sequence of activities and method for
Laying of Wet Mix Macadam and the quality control tests required to be conducted to make it
easier for construction and to form the base for the pavement layers.
Input:
Clause 406 of MORT&H.
IS 2720 Part-8, IS 2720 Part-40, IS 2720 Part-2, IS 2720 Part-4,
IS 2720 Part-5, IS 2720 Part-28, IS 2720 Part-16, BS 812 111, IS 2720 Part-37
General Documents/Records:
The following general documents/records shall be kept maintained as per relevant applicable
Quality Management Procedures:
1) Construction Schedules
2) MOSRTH and other Technical Specifications including relevant IS/IRC/BS/ASTM
Codes
3) Site order book/complaints including action taken status
4) Product Non-conformance Reports etc.
5) Longitudinal Sections and Cross-section drawings.
All the above documents/records shall be maintained at site and as well as in the laboratory with
proper and defined filing system which can be identified & traceable
Means:
Man Power:
Site Engineer
Quality Control Engineer
Survey Engineer
Field Engineers (Execution)
Field Engineers (Quality Control)
Field Supervisors
Skilled & Unskilled Labour

Equipment:
Aggregate Crushing Plant
16-104
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

Mixing Plant (For WMM)


Site tipper wagons
Paving Machine
Hydraulic Grader
Smooth Wheeled Vibratory Roller of 80-100 KN

Materials:
The materials used for WMM construction will be Crushed material and Grade
Grading confirm to MORT&H Table 400-11.

Materials shall confirm to the following physical requirement.

16-105
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

Table showing the tolerance in finished surface levels:

S.No Type of Work Reference Specification Requirement

1 WMM Table 900-1 of MOSRTH 10mm

Construction Method:
1. Suitable materials for wet Mix macadam will be generated from quarry by
crushing with the crushing plant. Crushed aggregate for use in Wet mix macadam
will be free from organic and other deleterious matter.
2. The requisite mix ratio will be blended and prepared in the Wet Mix Macadam
Plant (WMM-Plant) having provision for controlled addition of water and forced
mixing arrangement like pug mill.
3. Previously prepared GSB layer, If required will be reinspected and any remedial
action carried out prior to the delivery of Mix.
4. The Wet mix macadam material will be transported from the mixing plant to the
place of work. Each wagonload will be tipped under the directions of the banks
man or the side supervisor.
5. Before unloading the wet mix macadam arrangement will be made for later
confinement by laying materials in adjoining shoulders along with that of wet mix
macadam layer.
6. The mix will be spread by a paver or grader finisher without getting segregation
along the proposed alignment.
7. Rolling of the wet mix macadam layer will be carried out longitudinally and
uniformly overlapping each preceding track at least by one third with until the
entire surface has been rolled. Compaction will commence at the lower edge of
the pavement and progress towards the upper edge. If any irregularities or
undulations develop during rolling (I.e high spots or depressions) will be corrected
by removing or adding fresh material.
8. Upon the final trim and roll the surface will be well closed and free from
movement under compaction equipment. All loose, segregated or otherwise
defective areas will be made good to the full thickness of the layer and
recompacted. The compaction of the WMM layers will be carried out using
smooth wheeled vibratory roller of 80-100 KN Weight.
9. After completion of final layer of WMM prior to the application of the Bituminous
Macadam (BM) the WMM will be inspected for defects or damage. Remedial
action if required will be carried out in accordance with the specifications of the
contract.

Note: The rolling pattern will be established by carrying out on trial stretch of WMM on
approved GSB in main carriage way portion.
16-106
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

The surface finish and grade of finished Wet Mix Macadam layer shall confirm to the
requirements of clause 902.
Controls:
Frequency of testing and types of tests to be conducted on compacted Wet Mix layer shall be as
follows.

Sr. No Name of Test Frequency

1 Gradation Analysis Two test per day.

2 Atterberg limits One test per source.

3 Aggregate Impact value One test per source.

4 Flakiness & Elongation Index One test per source

5 Density of Compacted Layer One test per 700 Sqm.

If any non-conformance observed during inspection and also during testing of materials the
same will be rectified to meet the specifications requirements preventive action will be initiated
to prevent such things in future.
The WMM construction will be executed as per the above method statement under the
guidance of Highway Engineer and Materials Engineer with the help of supporting staff.
Traffic Safety:
While preparing Granular Sub Base the following safety measures will be provided,
i. Barricading will be kept along the stretch
ii. Precautionary signs will be kept in both directions wherever necessary
iii. At required places the cones, sand bags, red flags and safety ribbon will be provided.
iv. Site Engineer will be briefed and be well versed with all site safety measures.
v. Site safety member shall be available to respond correctly to emergency.
vi. First Aid facility will be provided.
vii. Proper and adequate lighting to be provided when working at night.

16-107
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

17 METHOD STATEMENT FOR PRIME COAT


GENERAL
Purpose
The purpose of the application of prime coat to an absorbent granular surface is to prepare the
surface for laying of BM layer over it.
Scope
This work consists of application of single coat of low viscosity liquid bituminous material (prime
coat) to an absorbent granular surface, preparatory to any superimposed bituminous treatment
or construction (BM layer)
Reference to other controlling documents where appropriate
As per technical Specification & MORT&H clause No: 502.1.
TEMPORARY WORKS
Temporary diversions will be constructed for vehicular traffic wherever necessary
SURVEYS
Survey (visual) will be carried before and after application of prime coat by site engineer and
requisition will be given for checking
UTILITIES
All identified utilities like electrical poles, telephone cables etc., will be relocated before starting
of the embankment works
TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS AND CONTROL
Traffic will be diverted on another carriageway by providing traffic signs and safety measures.
Moreover necessary extra manpower and display boards will be placed to regulate the flow of
traffic without causing any congestion or stagnation so that no mitigation arises
ACCESS
Land access will be provided with the temporary diversions wherever necessary

WORK METHODOLOGY
a) Prime coat will be applied on the top of the WMM layer as per clause 502 of technical
specifications. As given in the specification, the slow setting emulsion confirms to IS: 8887
will be used for prime coat.
b) After completing the checks (lines & levels) on WMM top layer, the prime coat application
will be carried.
c) The surface to be primed will be swept clean from dust by application of broom. The loose
foreign material on the surface will be removed completely; large irregularities and potholes
(if any) will be rectified before priming.
d) A thin layer of water will be sprinkled over the prepared surface. The surface will be allowed
to cure for 30 to 60 minutes before the spraying of emulsion. Emulsion achieves better
penetration and performance in slightly damp condition.
17-108
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

e) The bituminous primer will be sprayed uniformly over WMM surface using self-propelled
sprayer equipped with suitable pump, adequate capacity compressor and spraying bar with
nozzles having constant pressure system capable of supplying primer at specified rates so as
to provide a uniformly unbroken spread of the primer. The speed of the browser at the time
of spraying will be fixed after trials. The emulsion can be sprayed at room temperature. No
pre-heating is required for spraying. For better workability, if required, water will be added
in to the emulsion and the rate of spray will be adjusted accordingly for the diluted mix.
f) Control checks will be carried out as for the following and the frequency is as under.
Rate of spread of binder: one test per 500 Sqm and not less than two tests per day as specified
in the Table 900-4 of MORT&H and the rate of spread of prime coat will be 6 to 9 kg per 10 sqm.
SAFETY
Caution boards will be placed at appropriate points cautioning /warning the approaching traffic
and man power with necessary cautioning equipment regulating the traffic and ensuring the
necessary safety avoiding all hazards, which shall ensure necessary safety precaution/mitigation
measures.
ENVIRONMENTAL
The emulsion will not be thrown in to the nullahs/waterways. This ensures that no
contamination of nullahs/waterways can arise.
SPECIAL MEASURES
The prime coat will not be applied during dust storm or when the weather is foggy, rainy.

17-109
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

18 METHOD STATEMENT FOR TACK COAT


GENERAL
Purpose
The purpose of the application of tack coat is to prepare the surface for laying of bituminous
macadam (BM) or Semi Dense bituminous Concrete (SDBC) or over WMM surface treated with
primer or bituminous surface.
Scope
This work consists of applying of single coat of low viscosity liquid bituminous material, before
laying of any pre-mix, on an existing surface to bond the two surfaces together
Reference to other controlling documents where appropriate
As per technical clause No: 503 of MOSRTH
TEMPORARY WORKS
Temporary diversions will be constructed for vehicular traffic wherever necessary
SURVEYS
Survey will be conducted before and after application of prime coat by site engineer and
requisition will be given for checking.
UTILITIES
All identified utilities like electrical poles, telephone cables etc., will be relocated before starting
of the embankment works
TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS AND CONTROL
Traffic will be diverted on another carriageway by providing traffic signs and safety measures.
Moreover necessary extra manpower and display boards will be placed to regulate the flow of
traffic without causing any congestion or stagnation so that no mitigation arises
ACCESS
Land access will be provided with the temporary diversions wherever necessary
WORK METHODOLOGY
Tack coat will be applied on the of granular surface treated with primer or any bituminous
courses as per technical specifications.
Before application of tack coat the surface will be swept clean, free from dust and will be dry.
The rate of spread of tack coat will be 2.5 to 3.0 kg 10 sqm for WMM surface treated with primer
and the same in the case of bituminous courses is 2.0 to 2.5 kg per 10sqm.
The binder will be applied uniformly with the aid of either self-propelled or towed bitumen
pressure sprayer with and spraying bar with nozzles having constant volume or pressure system,
capable of spraying bitumen at specified rates, so as to provide a uniformly unbroken spread of
emulsion.
The tack coat will be left to cure until all the volatiles have evaporated before any subsequent
construction is started
Control checks will be carried out as per the table 900-4 of MORT&H
18-110
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

Rate of spread of binder: one test per 500 sqm and minimum two tests per day.
SAFETY
Caution boards will be placed at appropriate points cautioning /warning the approaching traffic
and man power with necessary cautioning equipment regulating the traffic and ensuring the
necessary safety avoiding all hazards, which shall ensure necessary safety precaution/mitigation
measures.
ENVIRONMENTAL
The emulsion will not be thrown in to the nullahs/waterways. This ensures that no
contamination of nullahs/waterways can arise.

18-111
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

19 METHOD STATEMENT FOR BITUMINOUS MACADAM


GENERAL
Purpose
Laying of Bituminous Macadam (BM) course on Wet Mix Macadam course as shown in the
working drawings.
Scope
Construction of Bituminous Macadam (BM) layer of 50 mm thick as per MORT&H and contract
drawings.
Reference to the other controlling documents
As per MORT&H clause 504, and as per working drawings.
TEMPORARY WORKS
Temporary diversion will be constructed for vehicular traffic in a manner creating least
interference to the traffic.
SURVEYS
Bituminous Macadam (BM) will be laid after completion of necessary survey checks on Wet Mix
Macadam (WMM) surface by supervision staff.
TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS AND CONTROL
Traffic will be diverted by providing traffic signals and safety measures. Moreover necessary
manpower and display boards will be placed to regulate the flow of traffic without causing any
congestion or stagnation.
ACCESS
Land access will be provided with the temporary diversions where necessary.
WORK METHODOLOGY
1. The Layer on which the Bituminous Macadam (BM) will be laid will be prepared,
shaped and conditioned to the specified lines, grades and cross sections in
accordance with the working drawing.
2. The surface on which the Bituminous Macadam layer is laid will be kept swept
clean free from dust foreign matter.
3. The mix will be transported from the hot mix plant to the site and will be spread
by means of self-propelled sensor paver with suitable screeds capable of
spreading, tamping and finishing the mix to a specified grade, lines and cross
sections.
SPREADING
4. The mix once tipped into the self-propelled sensor paver will be spread and
tamped to the correct lines, grades and cross sections.
5. The mix will be laid manually in restricted location and in narrow widths where
paver cannot be operated.

19-112
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

6. The temperature of the mix at the time of laying will be in the range of 125c
Minimum.
7. Longitudinal joints and edge will be constructed true to the delineating line
parallel to the centerline of the road.
8. All joints will be cut vertical to the full thickness of the previously laid mix and the
surface will be coated with heated bitumen, prior to the placing of fresh material
9. Paving will be done upto the full width in a single operation. However, transverse
joints will be offset by at least 300mm from those in lower courses and the joint
on the top most layers will not be allowed to fall in the wheel track.
COMPACTION
10. Compaction of the material will be achieved by using 8-10 tonne smooth wheel
dead and vibratory rollers. The temperature range i.e. 115 to 135 Deg C will be
maintained at the time of compaction. All necessary precautions will be taken to
prevent dropping of oil, grease, petrol or other foreign matter on the pavement
either when the rollers are operating or standing.
11. Rolling of the longitudinal joints will be done immediately behind the paving
operation. After this, the rolling will commence at the edges and progress
towards the median centerline longitudinally except that on super elevated
portions, it will progress from the lower to the upper edge parallel to the
centerline of the pavement.
12. The initial or break down rolling will be done with 8 to 10 tonne smooth wheeled
rollers and second rolling will follow with a vibratory roller of 8 to 10 tonne
capacity.
13. Each pass of the roller will uniformly overlap not less than 1/3 rd of the track made
in the preceding pass.
14. Rollers will move at a speed of not more than 5 Kmph and these are not stand on
pavement, which has not been fully compacted.
15. The wheels of rollers will be kept moist with water, and the spray system
provided with the machine will be in good working order, to prevent the mixture
from adhering to the wheels.
16. Rolling will be continued till the density achieved is at least 98% of the lab
Density.
INSPECTION AND TESTING
Material inspection and testing will be carried out in accordance with the technical
specification. Notice of the inspection will be given to the consultant by the site incharge on a
standard request for Inspection (RFI) sheet.
The Graded Bituminous Macadam (BM) layer will be tested for the following (After 24hrs)
a) Compacted Thickness measured by extracting cores
b) Density test as performed on the extracted cores
After laying and compaction, Bituminous Macadam (BM) surface levels will be jointly checked by
the site engineer, P.M.C representative and SHDP representative.
19-113
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

20 METHOD STATEMENT FOR SEMI DENSE BITUMINOUS CONCRETE


GENERAL
Purpose
Laying of Semi Dense Bituminous concrete (SDBC) course on Bituminous Macadam (BM) course
as shown in the working drawings.
Scope
Construction of Semi Dense Bituminous Concrete (SDBC) in single layer of 25 mm thick as per
MORT&H and contract drawings.
Reference to the other controlling documents
As per MORT&H clause 508, and as per working drawings.
TEMPORARY WORKS
Temporary diversion will be constructed for vehicular traffic in a manner creating least
interference to the traffic.
SURVEYS
Semi Dense Bituminous Concrete(SDBC) will be laid after completion of necessary survey checks
on Bituminous Macadam (BM) surface by supervision staff.
TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS AND CONTROL
Traffic will be diverted on another carriageway by providing traffic signals and safety measures.
Moreover necessary manpower and display boards will be placed to regulate the flow of traffic
without causing any congestion or stagnation.
ACCESS
Land access will be provided with the temporary diversions where necessary.

WORK METHODOLOGY
1) The Layer on which the Semi Dense Bituminous Concrete (SDBC) will be laid will be
prepared, shaped and conditioned to the specified lines, grades and cross sections in
accordance with the working drawing.
2) The surface on which the Semi Dense Bituminous Concrete layer is laid will be kept swept
clean free from dust foreign matter.
3) The mix will be transported from the hot mix plant to the site and will be spread by
means of self-propelled sensor paver with suitable screeds capable of spreading, tamping
and finishing the mix to a specified grade, lines and cross sections
4) Spreading
5) The mix once tipped into the self-propelled sensor paver will be spread and tamped to
the correct lines, grades and cross sections.
6) The mix will be laid manually in restricted location and in narrow widths where paver
cannot be operated.
7) The temperature of the mix at the time of laying will be in the range of 125-140 deg C
20-114
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

8) Longitudinal joints and edge will be constructed true to the delineating line parallel to
the centerline of the road .
9) All joints will be cut vertical to the full thickness of the previously laid mix and the surface
will be coated with heated bitumen, prior to the placing of fresh material
10) Paving will be done up to the full width in a single operation. However, transverse joints
will be offset by at least 300mm from those in lower courses and the joint on the top
most layers will not be allowed to fall in the wheel track.
COMPACTION
11) Compaction of the material will be achieved by using 8-10 tonne smooth wheel dead and
vibratory rollers. The temperature range i.e. Min 90 Deg C will be maintained at the time
of compaction. All necessary precautions will be taken to prevent dropping of oil, grease,
petrol or other foreign matter on the pavement either when the rollers are operating or
standing.
12) Rolling of the longitudinal joints will be done immediately behind the paving operation.
After this, the rolling will commence at the edges and progress towards the median
centerline longitudinally except that on super elevated portions, it will progress from the
lower to the upper edge parallel to the centerline of the pavement.
13) The initial or break down rolling will be done with 8 to 10 tonne smooth wheeled rollers
and second rolling will follow with a vibratory roller of 8 to 10 tonne capacity and
pneumatic tired roller (PTR) of 12 to 15 tonne weight.
14) Each pass of the roller will uniformly overlap not less than 1/3rd of the track made in the
preceding pass.
15) Rollers will move at a speed of not more than 5 Kmph and these are not stand on
pavement, which has not been fully compacted.
16) The wheels of rollers will be kept moist with water, and the spray system provided with
the machine will be in good working order, to prevent the mixture from adhering to the
wheels.
17) Rolling will be continued till the density achieved is at least 98% of the lab Density.
INSPECTION AND TESTING
Material inspection and testing will be carried out in accordance with the technical specification.
Notice of the inspection will be given to the consultant by the site in charge on a standard
request for Inspection (RFI) sheet.
The Semi Dense Bituminous Concrete (SDBC) layer will be tested for the following (After 24hrs)
a) Compacted Thickness measured by extracting cores
b) Density test as performed on the extracted cores
After laying and compaction, Semi Dense Bituminous Concrete (SDBC) surface levels will be
jointly checked by the site engineer, P.M.C representative and SHDP representative.

20-115
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

21 CHECKLIST FOR CLEARING AND GRUBBING

Pre-Construction Stage
1. Review the plans, special provision, right of way agreements, which may require special
staking.

2. Confirm land acquisition is completed and area demarcated is in possession.

3. Confirm encroachments (if any) are removed and tree cutting (if any) is carried out with
permission of competent authority.

4. Check whether all the tree roots and stumps are removed in the formation area. Check
whether the pits from where trees have been removed are filled with granular material
and suitably compacted.

5. Ensure that features and facilities, which are to be preserved, are clearly marked.

6. Attention shall be paid to environmental commitments.

7. Determine the method for disposal of all materials outside the right of way.

8. Identify the location of all public utilities (telephone poles, power lines, water supply
lines, sewer lines, UG cables etc.) and ensure proper liaison with concerned authorities
for shifting or for carrying out work safely without affecting the utilities during execution
of works.

Construction Stage
1. Check whether the contractor's equipment has required safety devices for the protection
of personnel and environment. (In forest areas required spark arresters shall be used in
the equipment).
2. Ensure no hazard to public during operations like timber felling, blasting.
3. Ensure a better and coordinated traffic control.
4. Check whether adjacent property and environmentally service-line areas are being
affected and prevent such operations.
5. Limits of clearing areas which do not require removal of stumps should be determined,
and the height of stumps above natural ground be checked.
6. Determine if dead, dying or otherwise unstable trees, which are in the right of way but
outside the clearing limits to constitute a hazard. Any such tree shall be removed.
7. Check whether the cut timber is being handed over to the concerned agencies, in case
the contract provides such handing over.
8. When burial of debris is permitted within the right of way that it will not act as a
permeable layer, does not block drainage and will not interfere with maintenance.

21-116
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

9. Ensure proper precautions, if burning of debris is permitted. Ensure that the smoke will
not interfere with the visibility of public traffic and no air pollution problem is created.
10. Ensure that tree branches overhanging above the roadway are cut off as specified.

21-117
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

22 CHECKLIST FOR EARTHWORKS


Earthwork includes operation connected with roadway excavation, structure excavation, backfill,
ditch/drain excavation, compaction, embankment construction and borrow area excavation.
Pre-Construction Stage
1. Conform required drawings i.e. Longitudinal Section and Cross Section for the
proposed stretch are updated and at hand

2. Conform centerline of the proposed road has been set out using Total Station. Drive
pegs to mark it at every 10 m or less in straight reaches. Erect masonry pillars 23x25
cm at each peg position with two sides plastered. Mark on the pillars proposed level
upto which filling is to be done.

3. In the case of road in cutting, two additional pillars are to be constructed on each
flank of the road and with the proposed level of formation on the plaster.

4. Check road safety signs such as Road work under progress, Take diversions, etc.
are properly positioned.

5. Earmark/detail personnel for traffic control (if any) concerned authorities to be


informed in advance and publicize the traffic restriction if any.

6. Make a list of persons deployed at site along with qualification and experience.

7. Conform reference pillars (Temporary Bench Marks) are erected.

8. Conform quarries / borrow pits are identified and permission (if any) from
appropriate authority has been obtained.

9. Calculate required quantities and assess and satisfy the material is available with
quarries / Borrowpits.

10. Conform quarry material have been tested and results are satisfactory.

11. Conform setting out of curves Horizontal and vertical have been completed.

12. Conform requisite templates for camber and depth of loose earth spread are
available.

13. Check watering arrangements are satisfactory.

14. Check agreed upon plant and machinery including Vibrohammer for vertical banks
are in good working condition.

22-118
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

15. Check fuel, oil, lubricant, urgent spares (if any) are readily available (in the vicinity)
nearby.

16. Conform checking and measuring instruments like leveling instrument / staff of 30m,
tapes etc. is available at site.

17. Check testing equipment for field tests like field density apparatus, rapid moisture
meter etc. are available.

18. Conform registers/site documents for recording the levels, and any other activity at
site are available.

19. Check whether marking of exact location of CD works have been completed.

20. Check if any vegetation has grown after clearing and grubbing. If yes repeat the
operation of clearing and grubbing.

21. Check whether the existing ground has been rolled to meet the compaction
requirement.

22. Whenever Ground improvement has been proposed check if prefabricated drains
(band drains), sand for sand blanket, geotextile and free draining material of required
quantity are available, before the work is taken up in hand. Please check that the
complete design has been approved by the Engineer.

23. Sections where reinforced soil structures are to be provided, check if precast
concrete facing units, soil reinforcing elements with accessories / Fitting and back fill
material of required quantity are as specification before the work is taken up. Please
also check that the design have been approved by the Engineer.

24. Establish contract for coordination with any other agency working/operating in the
same area.
Construction Stage In Fill
1. Ensure removal of top 15 to 20 cm of soil when filling is proposed.

2. Ensure ground treatment as per Technical specification Appendix XXVI-Vol. II in


marking areas before earth wall in embankment is taken in hand.

3. Approved soil for filling to be free from organic or decomposed material.

4. Breaking up of earth clods and compaction of the layers (of 20 to 30 cm as specified)


and rolling to be done with rollers (of type and size as specified). To ensure uniform
thickness of spread, use templates.

22-119
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

5. Modified density to be taken at specified intervals and ensure top 500 mm of


embankment and shoulders to have 97% standard modified proctor density and
lower layers 95%.

6. Ensure that each layer of earthwork is tested (Density and Moisture content) before
starting next layer.

7. Check whether water has been sprinkled over the previous layer top, before laying
any next layer.

8. Check the layer thickness of any layer laid to compensate the thickness of grades. If it
is less than 100mm, then the previous layer top shall be suitably watered and
scarified and then next layer is laid. Ensure proper bonding with old compacted layer
and avoid `peeling off in patches of the newly laid layer during compaction.

9. Ensure the benching into existing material during hillside construction or where the
section changes from embankment to excavation or while widening the existing
formation is adequate for proper keying of embankment material to original ground.

10. Ensure that rolling over entire area completely to outside edges is being carried out.

11. Necessary treatment to side slopes to avoid blockage of drains by loose earth coming
down.

12. Plan cutting operation in such a way to avoid filling the same area later on.

13. Ensure camber, super elevation and gradient of road formation after rolling using
levels, templates etc. liberally. Special templates to be used for curves.

14. No dumping in heaps at the area of work.

15. Ensure that the top of the cut section sub-grade is property rolled. If granular sub-
base is proposed straight on top of the cut formation, the top 500 mm below the cut
formation level shall be excavated and re-rolled to have 97% standard modified
proctor density compaction. If the soil at the cut formation level is found unsuitable
either due to inadequate CBR value or due to sub-standard quality, top 500mm soil
below the cut formation level shall be removed and thrown away. The formation
base shall be compacted to 95% of modified proctor density value, and suitable sub-
grade material of 500 mm thick shall be placed on top of cut formation and
compacted according to the specification, before laying any pavement layers.

16. Check the material used for sub-grade, whether it has four days soaked CBR of
minimum 10%.

22-120
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

17. Quality control tests during construction as stipulated in Annexure A.

18. Ensure earthwork in Earth Retaining Structures as per Technical Specifications of


Contract / Tender Document.
Post Construction Stage
1) Conform width of formation is as specified.

2) Ensure side slopes are dressed to specified slope.

3) Check camber is achieved

4) Tolerances in Surface levels as specified.

22-121
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

23 CHECKLIST FOR PROTECTIVE WORKS


Pre-Construction Stage
Stone Pitching or Turfing
Confirm slope of embankment is as specified (1 : 2)
Check the stones collected for size. Large size boulders should be used. Each stone should be
over 40 kg. Smaller size stones should not be used.
For turfing, the clods of turf should be at least 50 mm thick and contain roots.
Roadside and Catchment Drains
Check drains planned for road in cutting
Check whether bed slope is correct
Check whether the slopes of drains are as per designs
Check whether the excavated earth is removed and spread or disposed off.
Construction Stage
Stone Pitching or Turfing
Ensure stones and clods of turf are hand packed from bottom on top.
Post Construction Stage
In case of turfing, unless done during the monsoon, daily watering for 30 days should be
ensured.
In case of drains, ensure excavated earth is removed from site.

23-122
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

24 CHECKLIST FOR GRANULAR SUBBASE


Pre-Construction Stage
1) Confirm subgrade is adequately compacted. If there is time gap for execution of GSB
layer and the previously finished subgrade, check whether the subgrade test results
are valid. Check whether the compaction of the subgrade is still in good condition, if
not carryout proof rolling. Clear all loose or external materials before laying GSB from
subgrade top.

2) Confirm camber, cross slope and side slope of embankment are correct. Check
whether the subgrade top surface tolerance levels are within the permissible limits
prescribed

3) Confirm grading of GSB materials has been tested and is of correct specifications.

4) Check whether the "Ten Percent Fines Value" test and water absorption value test
have been conducted and the results are as per the Specification.

5) Check templates available for indicating thickness of loose layer to be spread.

6) Check watering arrangements are adequate.

7) Confirm rollers are available and in working order.


Construction Stage
8) Observe the spreading and compacting operations. Ensure the material is being
spread without significant segregation. If necessary, obtain samples from the material
being spread and conduct sieve analysis test. Check the layer thickness and conform
that it is as per specification requirements.

9) Check layer of loose material is as specified in the specification.

10) Check layer of compacted layer is as specified.

11) Check density of compacted layer is as specified. (Density 98% according to IS: 2720
Part 8).

12) Observe the compacting operation to determine that the material forms a firm, stable
base throughout the spread width.
Post Construction Stage
13) Tolerance as specified

24-123
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

25 CHECKLIST FOR WET MIX MACADAM


Pre-Construction Stage
1) Check whether the previous true layer GSB or subgrade as the case may be, has been
finished properly and is to the required grades and lines and the surface irregularities are
within the tolerance levels. Verify whether the subgrade has been prepared to the
specifications.

2) Check whether GSB/subgrade layer compaction is intact if there is a considerable time


delay in execution of WMM and the previous pavement layer (say 10 days). If not,
carryout proof rolling.

3) Check whether any loose materials or external materials are on the GSB/subgrade top
and remove all loose and external materials before laying WMM.

4) Confirm Job Mix Formula is known to supervisor in charge of mixing. The design water
content should be known.

5) Confirm stone aggregate has been tested and is of acceptable quality and adequate
quantity.

6) Confirm fine aggregate is of correct gradation and adequate quantity.

7) Confirm equipment and plant necessary are available and in working order.

8) Confirm the sub-base on which wet mix macadam is to be laid is clean.

9) Check that the paver is adjusted to give the specified minimum thickness and camber. Do
a trial stretch of about 5 to 10m to confirm this.
Construction Stage
10) Observe the spreading and compacting operations. Ensure the material is being spread
without significant segregation. When WMM is spread by graders/pavers, the lower size
particles have a tendency to segregate. Check continuously while spreading that this
type of segregation does not take place and take suitable remedial action either manually
rectifying or adjusting the blade angles of the paver screed. Ensure no segregation takes
place and material is spread without rock pockets.

11) Confirm that the gradation of spread materials are as per the job mix formula, by taking
samples from the spread materials and conducting gradation tests.

12) Monitor thickness of wet mix macadam layer. (Not less than 75mm & not more than
150 mm)

13) Monitor whether required camber is achieved.


25-124
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

14) Monitor water content. Excess water will result in separation of coarse and fines.

15) Monitor compaction achieved is as required. Observe the compacting operation to


determine that the material forms a firm, stable base throughout the spread width.
Rolling continued till density achieved is at least 98% of MDD (IS: 2720 Part 8).

16) Control tests and their minimum frequencies as specified.

17) Tolerance shall be within the limits as specified


Post Construction Stage
18) Erect barricades or pitchstones to prevent traffic.

19) Road shall be allowed to dry for a minimum period of 24 hours. No traffic shall be
allowed over the surface before any priming coat is laid.

25-125
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

26 CHECKLIST FOR LAYING PRIME COAT


PRIME COAT
Prime coat is the application of liquid asphalt/emulsion over an absorbent granular surface
preparatory to any superimposed bituminous treatment or construction. Generally prime coat is
applied to seal the granular surface.
Pre Construction Stage
1) Check the choice of bitumen and quantity shall be as per relevant specifications.

2) Confirm cut back mix emulsion is known to supervisor in charge of mixing.

3) Confirm bitumen has been tested and is of acceptable quality.


Sampling and Testing of Bituminous primer according to
IS: 217 (Cutback bitumen)
IS: 454 (Digboi type cutback bitumen)
IS: 8887 (Specification for bitumen emulsion for roads {cationic type})

Generally heavier grades of bitumen can be used during hot weather and on open
surface texture; lighter grades are more suitable under normal surface conditions or cold
weather construction. Conform the type of bitumen, which is going to be used, is as per
the particular specification requirements.

4) Prime coat shall not be applied on a wet surface or during dust storm or when the
weather is rainy, windy or foggy. Ensure that no priming is done when the atmospheric
temperature is less than 10C.

5) Check arrangements for ensuring correct dosing is in place.

6) Confirm equipment like bitumen boiler, bitumen spreader to be used is available and in
working order.
Construction Stage
7) Surface should be swept clean, free from dust and shall be dry. If the surface to be primed
is so dry or dusty, a light and uniform sprinkling of water may be done, but no priming
shall be undertaken till such time is no surface water is visible.

8) Check bitumen spread per Sqm is as specified. Check the temperature of the bitumen prior
to application and ensure that it is within the specified range.

9) Check the viscosity of bitumen used.

26-126
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

10) Check whether the spread of bitumen is uniform and no uncovered patches are left on
the surface.

Post Construction Stage


11) Erect barricades or pitchstones to prevent traffic.

12) Surface shall be allowed to cure for a minimum period of 24 hours or any other period as
per site conditions.

13) If the primed surface is not cured within 24 hours of application, sand may be spread
lightly over the primed surface.

14) Sand should be spread only thick enough to prevent pickup of asphalt. The need for large
amounts of sand to blot up excess liquid asphalt is an indicative of error in selecting the
rate of application or type of binder.

15) Care shall be taken to remove all loose sand before taking up the next course.

26-127
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

27 CHECKLIST FOR LAYING TACK COAT


TACK COAT
Tack coat is the application of liquid asphalt/emulsion over an existing road surface preparatory
to another bituminous construction over it. Tack coat is applied to ensure better bonding of
layers.
Pre-Construction Stage
1) Check the choice of bitumen and quantity shall be as per relevant specifications.

2) Confirm cut back mix emulsion is known to supervisor in charge of mixing.

3) Confirm bitumen has been tested and is of acceptable quality.

4) Ensure arrangements for applying liquid asphalt conform to requirements and all the
equipment are available and are in working condition.

5) Confirm that surface over which tack coat is to be applied is clean and all loose material
or extraneous material is removed either by mechanical brooms or by other approved
method.
Construction Stage
6) Check whether the liquid asphalt is heated and the temperature prior to application is
within the range.

7) Check whether the spread of bitumen is uniform and the entire area is covered
uniformly.

8) Ensure that no further layer is spread over tacked area before the tack coat is cured (until
the water/cutter in case of emulsion/cutback has completely evaporated). In general a
time gap of 30 minutes will be sufficient.

9) Ensure that tack coat is not applied when the atmospheric temperature is less than 10C.

10) Check that tack coat is not applied over an area, which cannot be covered by bituminous
course within that day.

11) Normally tack coat is not to be applied over a freshly laid bituminous course. If due to
site condition, traffic is allowed over the finished layer before next layer is laid a light tack
coat as decided based on site conditions shall be applied.

27-128
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

28 CHECKLIST FOR BITUMINOUS MACADAM


Pre-Construction Stage
1) Check the type of bituminous macadam proposed.

2) Check the type of binder to be used and the requirements of aggregates and any special
details.

3) Check the samples of the aggregates and their grading and other specified attributes.

4) Check the surface to be sealed and ensure that the surface is clean and without ruts or
undulations. If disturbed or with distortion, take necessary corrective action.

5) Ensure that prime coat has been applied over the untreated surface, (if it is granular
base). Ensure tack coat has been applied if it is a bituminous base.

6) Ensure that a proper traffic management plan is implemented.

7) Ensure that exact rate of bitumen binder is applied.

8) Determine temperature and ensure that bituminous seals are not placed when applicable
atmospheric and/or pavement temperatures are below minimums specified.

9) Examine bitumen mix distributor truck spreaders, chips spreaders, rollers and other
equipment are in order to suit the specification requirements.

10) Check the test report for each truckload of liquid asphalt or emulsion and ensure that
they meet the specification requirements.

11) Determine the temperature of the liquid asphalt or emulsion just part prior to spreading
and ensure that it is within the specified range. Obtain the weight slip for each truckload
of liquid asphalt or emulsion.

12) Ensure that the bituminous binder is applied only on one designated traffic lane at a time
and the entire width of such lane is covered in one application.

13) Ensure that the bitumen macadam spread is as per specifications. And check the
application is uniform both transversely and longitudinally. Ensure that the bitumen is
spread only after the chip spreaders and spreading material is ready to spread.

14) Ensure that correct quantity of bitumen is spread to have 50 - 70% of voids are filled. To
ensure correct relationship, spread a short test section, using spread rates based on
judgment and experience.

15) Ensure that bitumen macadam is not spread for a greater distance than cannot be
covered immediately by chips. Good practice is to place screenings within 30 - 60 seconds
28-129
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

after the bituminous binder has been spread. Screenings must be placed before setting
or "breaking" of the emulsion occurs.

16) In case of emulsion is used as binder, ensure the screenings are damp at the time of
applications. If not take corrective action by damping the chips.

17) Excessive spread of the chip spreader will cause chips to roll over as they come in contact
with binder/emulsion. This will lead to chips being picked-up on roller tires. Check and
reduce the speed. Cleaning-up of excessive screenings will be difficult.

18) Ensure rolling is performed in the specified order and for the required number and
coverage. Also see that binder and screenings are not spread more than 750m ahead of
compaction of final rolling.

19) If brooming is prescribed in the Technical Specification, ensure it is done as specified.

20) Ensure that no traffic is allowed on the finished surface at least for 24 hours.

28-130
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

29 CHECKLIST FOR BITUMINOUS LAYERS (DBM, BC)


Pre-Construction Stage
General
1. Confirm mix design is available.

2. Confirm hot mix plant setting and match the mix design.

3. Confirm whether all the materials are as per criteria.

4. Do a trial run for paver settings and for evolving rolling pattern.

5. Ensure freshly laid surface is barricaded or boulder pitched to prevent traffic for 48 hours

6. Check the tolerance in surface levels as specified.

7. Check and do not allow any bituminous work when there is a possibility of rain or during
rain.

8. Check the probable environmental impacts due to functioning of the hot mix plant and
ensure proper remedial actions are taken before the actual operation begins. Ensure
regular check to monitor the environmental mitigation action plan and its proper
implementation.
Plant Operation
Pre-Construction Stage
1) Observe the aggregate storage areas and facilities to ensure that storage is as specified.
When various sizes are stored separately, required physical separation, either by space
between stock piles or some types of wall that will provide separation.

2) Determine whether the stock piled aggregate is similar to the material used for the mix
design. Conform their quality.

3) Examine the plant whether weighing equipment is as specified.

4) See that scales and meters are sealed or tested as required.

5) Examine the plant to determine if it has a temperature indicating device or the drier and
that it meets requirements set forth in the specification.

6) Check method used for including supplemental fine aggregates or bag house dust as per
specification.

7) Check that the plant is equipped with a functional dust collection system as per
specifications.

8) Determine if there are safety provisions for sample collection as per specifications.
29-131
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

9) Check asphalt storage tanks and determine that they meet specifications. All storage-
tanks, transfer lines, pumps etc. should have heating oils or should be jacketed and
heated to maintain the asphalt at the required temperatures.

10) Check batch plants and-determine that it meets the requirements of the specifications.

a) Check whether there are overflow chutes for the hot aggregate storage, which
will prevent overflow between adjacent bins. Examine the chutes to see that they
are not clogged.

b) Provisions for the binder to be introduced uniformly at the specified location.

c) A timing device, which will indicate by audible or visual signal the expiration of
the mixing period - check to ensure that the system is in working order.
Production Stage
1) Maintain a daily plant record. Use a form approved by the Engineer.

2) Ascertain that the production rate for the mix plant does not exceed the
specifications. Production rates in continuous mix plants must not exceed those rates
established during the preceding aggregate weigh belt and asphalt meter calibration.

3) Monitor plant interlocks.

4) Obtain the required certificates of compliance for all asphalt binder loads.

5) Observe aggregate storage and determine that it meets requirement set forth in the
specifications.

6) Determine that supplemental fine aggregate is kept dry and stored properly.

7) Monitor and record the temperature of the asphalt and aggregate and determine that it
meets requirement set forth in the specifications. Any excessive moisture in aggregates
may cause slump of flattened loads, accompanied by considerable bubbling or streaming
of the mixture.

8) Compare aggregate from all bins to determine that it meets specifications. Obtain
samples of the aggregate prior to mixing with asphalt, and test for the grading. Grading
used by the laboratory for mix design are based on volume and not weight. When there
is a difference of more than 0.2 between the specific gravities of coarse material and fine
material, the field sieve analysis must be adjusted to volume for comparison with the
design curve.

9) Observe the overall plant operation to see that dust or smoke is being controlled as
specified.
29-132
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

10) Observe plant productions to assure that a homogenous mixture is being produced,
Check the aggregate gradation, mixture consistency, stability and bitumen content. If the
mixture appears to be deficient in any of these respects, the condition should be
discussed and rectified. For batch mixing, do not approve a mixing time of less than 30
seconds unless the reason for such action is adequately documented and based on tests
for uniformity of 'aggregate and asphalt distribution. Mixing time in a continuous' flow
mixer is a function of length of the mixing area and the rate of drop in drier drum mixing.
The most efficient pug mill mixing is obtained when the level of material is at the top of
the paddles, throughout the length of the mixer. Feed must be continuous and uniform
for best results. Also it must be noted in the daily report.

11) Monitor the temperature of asphalt. In batch plants ensure that the temperature of the
asphalt in the line does not drop more than 8C (15F). In continuous feed plants ensure
that the temperature of the asphalt does not vary more than 28C (50F).

12) Check to ensure that all the equipment are functioning properly and within the
specifications. When automatic batch mixing is used, check to see that the automatic
equipment is functioning within specifications. When any continuous mixing plant (drier
drum or drier drum pug mill) is used, check to see that the vibrating unit on the fine bin is
in operation. Also ensure that the low-level interlock systems for the aggregate feeder
bins and the asphalt storage are functional.

13) Observe the operation of all weighing systems. Required scales and meters to be
retested whenever there is any indication that there may be in error.

a) The weight of the material falling from the bin gates to the weighing hopper after
the gates are closed must be considered in the batching process. Check that the
weigh box containing the total batch does not contact anything, which prevents a
true indication of the batch weight.

b) Periodically check the batching by comparing the total weight of the batches in a
truckload with the platform scale weight for the some load (This can be done only
when the mixed materials are not kept in silos).

c) Check the asphalt scales frequently to make sure that there is no zero error; that
the scale levers and knife edges move freely; and that there is no bind or drag on
the lever systems.

d) The accuracy of meter driven asphalt proportioning devices should be checked by


comparing meter totalizer readings with asphalt tank stabbings and/or with the

29-133
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

combined aggregate totalizer readings in conjunction with an on site vehicle


scales.

14) Observe storage of materials in silos to ensure that segregation is prevented, that
specified temperatures are maintained, and that minimum silo levels are maintained.

15) Examine truck beds prior to loading to ensure that contaminating agents are not used
and that parting agents are used sparingly.

16) Ensure that the automatic aggregate asphalt proportioning system in continuous mix
plants is operating.

17) Record all information that will support payment and will assist in. determination of
causes for out of specification materials.
Transportation Stage
1) Check whether truck beds are smooth and free from holes and depression.

2) Is there any leakage of gas or oil from trucks?

3) Are trucks equipped with adequate covers?

4) Do truck and paver operate together without interference?

5) Is the method of coating of contact surfaces of truck beds agreed upon?

6) Whether any provision for checking the temperature is made in the trucks.

7) Whether any segregation takes place while loading the trucks from the plant.

8) Check whether there is any spillage of mixed material while loading into the trucks from
the plant or at loading the pavers from the trucks. Any spillage shall be removed and
discarded.

9) Check the temperature of mix at the time of loading and unloading. If the reduction in
temperature is substantial, the mix should be discarded.
BITUMEN DISTRIBUTOR
1) Are the heaters and the pump in good working condition?

2) Does the distributor have a volume calibration chart?

3) Are spray bars and nozzles set at the proper angle for application of tack coat?

4) Is a proper thermometer provided to verify temperature?

5) Whether a hand held spray hose with nozzle provided to tack irregular areas.

29-134
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

LAYING OPERATIONS
PRE-LAYING
1) Ensure that the base of previous road surface has been prepared as specified, remove all
loose materials and have problems corrected.

2) Ensure that the prime coat/tack coat has been applied uniformly and properly.
Determine temperature of the asphalt material used for prime coat/tack coat. Check
whether all vertical faces are coated.

3) Ensure that tack coat material is being applied at the specified rate and at the proper
distance in advance of the paving operation. Check distributor spray bar height and
nozzle angle.

4) Ensure that the tack coat is broken or cured prior to having wherever required.

5) Ensure that certificates of compliance have been received for each shipment and that
weight and load slips for each liquid asphalt load are accurate.

6) Determine the temperature of the air and record.

7) Examine the spreading equipment to determine whether it has the specified attributes.
Pay particular attention to pavers, which are variable in width, to ensure that spreading
and compacting components extend for the full width of the traffic areas lane to be
paved.

8) Examine rollers to determine whether they have the specified attributes. Ensure that the
specified number of rollers is available as decided during the trial compaction. Check
frequency of vibratory rollers to assure 30-40 impacts per meter with a tachometer.
Where a rubber tired roller is used, verify the manufacturer's recommended contact
pressure.

9) Ensure that all equipment required for coring for checking bitumen content/density are
available. Check for all hand equipment like, lutes, rakes and shovels.
DURING LAYING
1) Record measurements of air, surface and asphaltic mix temperatures. Cool air blowing
can reduce the temperatures of the mix. A cold surface can suck heat out the mix
extremely fast. This will be critical when the lift thickness is thin.

2) Observe spreading:

a) Check equipment being used to ensure it meets specifications.

b) Monitor thickness and observe that the road/lane width is being met.

29-135
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

c) Record number of layers.

d) Check spread rate against theoretical rate.

e) Ensure that longitudinal joints are offset as specified.

f) Check whether the conveyor is exposed to make sure that material is on the
hopper conveyor at all times.

(g) Check whether paver hopper is near full at all times. Check flow gates and
augurs. Paver wings should not be dumped as large aggregates accumulate in the
wings. Waste it at the end of the day.

3) Confirm that rolling pattern and compaction effort determined during the trial test are
being met. Check breakdown rolling has been accomplished before minimum
temperature is reached.

4) Obtain a sample of the completed mixture from the mat behind the paving machine and
test it for extraction, moisture, and sieve analysis.

Identify the samples to indicate both the stationing where they were taken and the
approximate area they represent.

Analyze the test data at the earliest possible time. It is preferable that samples
representing drier - drums or continuous mixing be tested in the field, in order that
immediate corrective action can be taken for any deviations.

For determining the uniformity of the mixture as placed - consider tests from the mat at
longitudinal intervals and not at transverse.

For determining mixer efficiency - consider taking samples from the pug mill or discharge
gates of batch plant or from the discharge chute of drum-mixer plant.

5) Check the rolling temperature. The temperature of mix during laying shall be 120C -
160. It is an extremely important factor in compaction. Rolling should begin in
sequences as soon as mat will support the weight of roller without picking up material on
the drum or unduly marking of shoving the mat. Check that rolling is done at as high a
temperature as possible, because highest initial densities are achieved at high
temperature optimal for rolling.

6) Check transverse and longitudinal joints are constructed properly. Observe constructions
at cold transverse joints to see specifications are being met.

29-136
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

7) Observe that the segregation and visual pavement deformities are being avoided or
corrected.

8) Ensure that smoothness of the surface is as specified record measurements.

9) Check the edge alignment of the material being placed. Check it should not be thin or
thick compared to lift thickness.

10) Ensure that defective areas have not developed. Check pavement for pooling of asphalt,
bleeding, raveling, rock pockets, consistent color etc.
DURING TRIAL COMPACTION
1) Use a test trip. The use of a compaction test strip before the start of a project will head
off problems before they arise. It will also provide information to the roller operator to
establish the:
Roller pattern and speeds
Frequency and amplitude settings
Density specifications for job
Number of passes, vibratory or static

2) Testing shall be done on a test strip, which is similar in condition and nature to that of
the project highway. Preferably a short length of the project road itself is treated as test
strip.

3) Testing should begin with the roller set at its recommended amplitude. If the unit
bounces, or moves sideways, reduce the amplitude setting. If it is obvious that particles
are being fractured, reduce the amplitude.

4) It should be obvious that maximum amplitude should not be utilized when beginning to
roll a thin lift.

5) The use of the test strip is an educated trial and error process to determine the most
productive procedure for a particular project.

6) Even if density requirements are set by using the marshal or kneading compactor a test
strip will still permit the contractor to develop the rolling patterns, type of compactor
etc. to meet the specifications.
DURING ROLLING
1) Check the fuel tanks are full and there will be no delay during the day.

2) Check the water supply, spray bars and nozzles. Any clogged nozzles need to be cleaned
out before work beings.
29-137
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

3) Check the engine oil, hydraulic tank. Grease the machine and inspect the drums for any
dent.

4) If the rollers are to be stopped for any length of time, park at an angle on a cool part of
the mat. Parking on a warm mat will most likely leave an indentation that will not roll
out.

5) At the end of a pass, while reversing, turn the roller into a slight curve prior to stopping
to avoid leaving a transverse ridge across the mat.

6) When using a vibratory roller, check whether it is operated at a speed that will provide at
least one drum impact or more per 2.5 cm of travel. Ripples may result if this is
exceeded.

7) Never allow to vibrate when the roller is stationary; use-automatic vibration cut off.

8) Check whether deceleration / acceleration is being done smoothly while reversing


direction to avoid pushing or shoving the mat.

9) Sharp turns shall be avoided otherwise it will cut the mat.

29-138
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

30 TYPICAL CORRECTIVE ACTION PLAN FOR ASPHALTIC LAYERS


PLACEMENT

Test Item Corrective Action

Asphalt Content If test results are outside tolerance (3.5-5.5%) an immediate


investigation will be conducted to determine the cause.
Corrections will be made and material will be tested immediately
to ensure that the correction has been effective.

Aggregate If test results are outside tolerance an immediate investigation will


Gradation be conducted to determine the cause. Corrections will be made to
stockpiles, bins, belts or scales and material will be tested
immediately to assure that the correction has been effective.

Aggregate When individual or composite aggregate moisture values differ


Moisture from those of the plant computer, the plant computer will be
adjusted to reflect the most recent aggregate moisture.

Asphalt If the asphalt temperature exceeds the permissible ranges (120 oC


Temperature to 160oC) the plant operator will immediately take corrective
action to raise or lower the temperature as required. Temperature
will be closely monitored to verify that the corrections were
adequate.

Mix Temperature If the mix temperature exceeds 160oC the plant operator will
in the Hot Mix immediately take corrective action to lower the temperature as
Plant needed. Temperature will be closely monitored to verify that the
correction was adequate. Asphalt concrete that exceeds 160 oC
shall not be used in the work and shall be disposed off suitably.

Mix Moisture If the mix moisture exceeds 1%, the plant operator will note the
moisture content and corrective action will be taken to reduce the
moisture in the mix. Aggregate piles may be spread to dry,
aggregate time in the heater may be increased, etc.

Sub-grade If inspection indicates that the sub-grade is not prepared as


Preparation specified, and as required, immediate action will be taken. Sub-
grade problems will be corrected-dried, cleaned, compacted,
graded, etc. Asphalt concrete will not be placed until the
30-139
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

corrections have been made and the Engineer has inspected and
approved.

Prime/Tack Coat If inspection indicates that the prime or tack coat material or
applications are not in accordance with the specifications,
immediately action will be taken. Prime coat will be re-applied,
changed, time for break will be lengthened, etc. Asphalt
concrete will not be placed until the corrections have been made
and the Engineer has inspected and approved.

Ambient If physical measurements indicate that the ambient temperature is


Temperature less than specified (13oC), the paving foreman will be notified and
placement will cease as soon as safety concerns have been
provided for.

Mix Temperature If physical measurements indicate that the mix temperature is


at the Time of below the temperature, which the paving foreman has requested
Laying for placement and breakdown, corrective action will be taken
immediately. Cool mix will be returned to the plant, the operation
will be changed to correct the situation which is causing the
problem, BC will be held in covered trucks and not windrowed
until necessary

In-place Density If field density determination indicates that the bituminous


concrete is not being placed to a minimum relative density of 98%,
immediate action will be taken. Roller operations will be
investigated and may be changed, plant will be notified and mix
quality will be examined, temperature will be determined, etc.
Density will be tested immediately following the corrective action
to assure that the action has been effective.

30-140
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

31 CHECKLIST FOR TEMPORARY DIVERSIONS


PRE-CONSTRUCTION STAGE
FORMATION
1) Check drawings and specifications given in the contract. If site conditions and estimated
period of use so dictate, recommend improvement.

2) Check alignment for gradients and curves. The alignment should be marked in the same
way as formation.

CONSTRUCTION STAGE
WBM AND SURFACE DRESSING
3) For WBM check the following:
Stone metal laid in correct thickness.
Adequate compaction is done.
Blindage spread evenly and adequately watered.
Surface re-rolled.

4) For surface dressing check the following:


Surface cleaned and made dust free.
Tack coat correctly applied as per specifications, uniformly and without any uncovered
gaps.
Mixture spread evenly to required thickness and compacted. Test compaction by field
density test.
Manila ropes or wooden markers laid on edges to improve compaction.
Seal coat applied if provided for.
POST CONSTRUCTION STAGE
9) Check dimensions of completed work.

10) Check periodic maintenance carried out.

31-141
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

32 CHECKLIST FOR STRENGTHENING OF EXISTING TWO LANES


All the checks pertain to pre-construction activities.

1) Confirm existing pavement thickness is as assumed in designs. In case this is not so


additional corrections will be required.

2) All cracks in the existing pavement shall be filled with either fog seal or slurry seal.

3) All incorrectly laid/repaired patches/potholes shall be removed and correctly laid.

4) At places having excessive heaving, sinking and undulations of 75mm or more, the
existing pavement should be removed and a fresh layer of granular sub-base should be
laid to facilitate drainage. In such of those locations, the existing pavement shall be
removed either up to the pavement layer or up to the subgrade bottom, depending upon
the gravity of distress and re-compacted in layers. The size of the plot to be dug open
shall be in 5 x 3.5m to ensure compaction using rollers. The edges where compaction
through rollers is not possible, the same shall be compacted by mechanical plate
compactors or mechanical tampers. The plot size may be smaller than 5 x 3.5m,
depending upon site requirements and in such cases entire compaction shall be done
through mechanical plate compactors or mechanical tampers. In case the road passes
through BC soil and hard murrum of granular blanket is not provided, the same should be
provided. The pavement should thereafter be rebuilt.

5) The existing pavement should be roughened before laying fresh layers of wet mix
macadam to ensure proper bonding.

6) Camber and gradients should be checked and corrected where necessary.

32-142
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

33 CHECKLIST FOR ROAD FURNITURES


A. FENCES
1) Review the plans, special provisions and right of way agreements for any special details.

2) Compare the planned location with actual conditions in the field to ensure that fences,
gates, openings etc. will serve the purpose, as intended.

3) Fences should not obstruct flow in streams or drainage areas.

4) Check that the areas in which fences are to be placed are graded and that high points,
which interfere with placing of wire mesh are excavated.

5) Examine the fence material so that it satisfies requirements.

6) Observe the placing of fence posts and measure the spacing. Observe the placement of
corner posts and pull posts to ensure that they are placed at required locations and in
accordance with specified details. Also check that the proper type and number of brace
posts and diagonal wires are used.

7) The barbed wire mesh is placed on the property owner's side. For chain link fence, the
fabric is generally placed on the highway side.

8) Ensure that fencing is snubbed or guyed at all grade depressions as specified.


B. MARKERS AND DELINEATORS
1) Review the list of markers and delineators shown on the plans.

2) Examine the markers and delineators to ensure that they are as specified. Required
certificates of compliance shall be obtained from quality control inspectors.

3) Observe the installation to ensure that it is performed as specified. Check installation of


target plates and ensure washers are used and that the nuts are not tightened to the
extent that the enamel is cracked.
C. RAILINGS AND BARRIERS
General
1) Make a careful review of the required details. Review the locations in the field.

2) Review the stakes and layout work. Ascertain the offsets and flares are as per the plans.
Metal Beam Guard Railing
1) Measure woods posts or concrete posts, they should satisfy the standards.

2) Ensure that bolt holes in treated posts are filled with grease when required.

33-143
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

3) Observe backfilling of post holes to see that this is performed as specified. Posts should
be set to the full depth shown on the plans.

4) Measure the spacing of posts and ensure they are as per specifications.

5) Ensure that the blocks for metal beam guard railing are toe nailed to timber posts and
properly fixed with nuts and bolts on the concrete posts.

6) Ensure that rail elements are lapped so that the exposed ends will not face approaching
traffic. Check bolts for tightness.

7) Measure the height of the railing or barriers above the ground to ensure that it is as
shown on the plans.

8) Ensure that connections to bridge railings, retaining walls, abutments or other flat
surfaces are made as specified.

9) Ensure that anchor assemblies are constructed as specified. Cable clips should be
installed in the proper directions and tightened to the required torque.

10) Where posts are installed in loose soil or near the edge of embankments, it may be
necessary to use longer posts.

11) Concrete anchors and footings must be built according to the dimensions shown on the
plans. Check holes immediately prior to placing concrete.

12) Bolts must be long enough so that nuts are threaded completely into the bolt. Be sure
that no more than 12mm of bolt is exposed on the traffic side of the rail.

13) Ensure that flares are constructed as per the plans.


Concrete Barriers
1) Check that no concrete barriers or railing is placed on new structures until the false work
is released.

2) Review the provisions for closing the temporary gaps in barriers during construction.

3) Check the forms whether they conform to the guidelines and specifications.

4) When extrusion or slip form machineries are used in concrete barrier construction,
inspect the grade upon which the machine will ride to determine if it is smooth enough
to prevent foreseeable violations of specified tolerances.

5) Check the relevant specifications and check lists for producing, placing, finishing and
curing cement concrete to be used.

33-144
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

6) Equipment and concrete design should be such, in extended or slip form barrier
placement, that no hand finishing other than the light brush finish is required. It is
desirable to have the traffic face surface of the barrier as smooth as possible.
Pipe Hand Railing
1) Determine that materials and methods used in anchorage and connections are as
specified and as shown in the drawings.

2) Ensure that cables, chain link fabric and tension wires are connected properly, stretched
and tightened as required.

3) Check railings for proper alignment, appearance and workmanship.


D. LANE MARKINGS
1) Review the signing and marking plans, any special requirements and other standard
details.

2) Inspect the equipment for specification compliance. Determine methods for checking
spread rates of paint and glass beads, application temperatures of thermo plastic
materials and maximum temperature of paint.

3) Check pavement temperature prior to application of thermoplastic material. Check


atmospheric temperature and conditions prior to applying paint.

4) Check condition of the pavement prior to application. The pavement should be dry and
clean.

5) Check whether the stencils will produce correctly dimensioned pavement markings.

6) Check the layout work. Determine whether the pavement markings will be correctly
located.

7) Ensure that the thermoplastic material is placed within the correct temperature range.
Thermoplastic material heated to excessive temperatures can flash and splatter when
exposed to air. Temperature gauges mounted on heating equipment should be checked
for accuracy.

8) Check the lane stripe for correct width and edge definition, lengths of gaps and individual
stripes, alignment and correct super imposition of second coats.

9) Any drips, over spray, improper markings, and material tracked by traffic shall be
removed.

10) Check applied thermoplastic material for compliance with thickness requirements.

33-145
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

11) Check application rates for glass beads and paint.

12) Check thermoplastic markings for workmanship as they are applied. Bumps resulting
from overlaps in extruded materials should not be permitted.

33-146
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

34 CHECKLIST FOR CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENTS


GENERAL
1) Confirm mix design is available and is as per criteria.

2) Conform batch plant settings, other equipment satisfy the required criteria.

3) Conform whether all the materials are as per criteria.

4) Carryout control tests as per the frequencies stipulated.


PRE-CONSTRUCTION STAGE
1) Side form Construction:
Examine the forms to ensure that they have the specified attributes including
composition, weight, dimensions, rigidity, and cleanliness.

2) Examine the base upon which forms are to be placed to ensure that it is properly
compacted, true to cross section and grade.

3) Inspect the installed forms to ensure that the installation is up to specified standards.
Ensure any corrective work if necessary before placement of concrete.

4) Slip from Construction:

Examine the paver that it has the specified attributes and ensure that the equipment is
capable of spreading, consolidating, striking off, shaping and float finishing the freshly
placed concrete to the desired line, grade and thickness in one continuous passage in
such a manner that a minimum of finishing by hand methods will be required.
Batching Inspection
1) Familiarize with the physical characteristics of aggregates, design mix proportions,
method of determining taken quantities, scales generations, yield, effective water,
cement factor and the procedures for adjusting preparations and yield

2) Check periodically the calibration of scales, systematic and regular checking of scale
settings for batches to assure proper quantities are being dispensed.

3) Check the quality of aggregates, mix as per the sampling criteria.

4) The water for mixing must be tested. In case water is being hauled from external - water
sources, the containers should be clean and checked periodically.

5) Check whether the check bins empty themselves after each batching cycle.

34-147
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

6) When changing scale weights for batch correction in the aggregates ensure that the
setscrews are firmly tightened. Constant vibration will tend to move these weights
causing an incorrect cement or aggregate to enter the batch.

7) In case of rains while the aggregate bins are loaded, water will collect in the bins. The
materials from the bins may be unloaded and mixed with the stockpile. This will cause
excess moisture content in the first few batches and lead to production of sloppy
concrete.

8) Ensure that all working parts, especially knife-edges are in good condition, free from
friction, readily accessible for inspection and cleaning.

9) Ensure, at the end of each shift, that the scales are working normally, and check the scale
readings by adding standard weights to the hopper and checking dial readings.

10) Check whether the hauling equipment meet the specification requirements, and check
the consistency and workability at the time of delivery at site. Ensure that no segregation
takes place while hauling.

11) Check the yield of individual batches and if the yield vary considerably for no apparent
reason, check the accuracy of scales.
Mixing and Hauling
1) Check the specification of the truck mixer or agitator that it is capable of delivering and
discharging the concrete in a thoroughly mixed and uniform condition.

2) Check the time on the mixer at least twice daily.

3) Check for uniformity of batch consistency. In case of discrepancy, check for leaking mixer
valve, water valve, moisture change in aggregate in the bins.

4) Check that there is no wash water in the transit mix trucks before loading concrete for
hauling.

5) Check the mixing either by specified time or by specified number of revolutions at a


specified revolution per minute. The mixing shall begin only after all ingredients are in
the mixer including water.

6) Check the truck mixers that there is no leakage from the water tank into the mixer.

7) Check whether the concrete segregates when it leaves the chute of truck mixer or
agitator. This can be corrected by providing a baffle after the chute to cause the
concrete to drop vertically.

34-148
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

8) Periodically check the concrete regardless whether the concrete is mixed in site mixers,
stationary mixers or truck mixers, and assure that it is properly mixed and meets the
requirement in regard to slump, uniformity, workability and air content.

9) Normally truck mixers or agitators are not capable of discharging low slump concrete and
have a tendency to hold back the coarse aggregate to the end till the last quantum of the
batch is discharged. Ensure that the batch concrete with larger coarse aggregate content
is properly mixed with the next load of concrete and thoroughly mixed.

10) Check for cement balls in the transit mixed concrete. If sufficient water about 40 percent
enters the drum ahead of aggregates and cement, cement balls will not usually occur.
Check sufficient water is let into the mixer before adding other materials.

11) Check the concrete at the time of delivery whether the mix has become stiff. Normally
haul time and stand by time frequently has an adverse effect on the consistency of truck
mixed or agitated concrete and the batch become progressively stiffer as the time
increases. Check the specifications for the allowable maximum time for mixing and
agitating and verify whether the transit time is within the permissible limits. In case the
mix has become too stiff, a small quantity of water can be added without affecting the
overall quality or water cement ratio.

12) Ensure that the transit mixers or agitators discharge properly and the rate of discharge is
within the permissible limits.

13) Check the truck mixers periodically for accumulation of hardened concrete. Any truck
mixers showing such accretions or excessively worn pick up and mixing blades shall not
be used.
During Paving
1) Check the accuracy of the final grade stakes.

2) Check the subgrade to ensure that it conforms to the tolerances specified for compaction
and elevation.

3) When slip form pavers are used, inspect the grade upon which the paver will ride to
determine whether it is smooth enough to prevent foreseeable violations of specified
tolerances.

4) When pavement is to be placed during periods of low ambient temperatures, check the
proposed methods for protecting the concrete.

5) Check the curing method, and if any curing compound is proposed, it should be of pre-
approved quality.
34-149
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

6) Check whether the equipment for constructing joints is at the site before paving begins
and it conforms to specifications.

7) Check whether the subgrade is uniformly moist to receive the concrete.

8) Ensure proper lighting facilities are installed if paving is to continue beyond daylight hours.

9) Check the concrete as it is placed for any improper proportions or inadequate mixing.

10) Observe the operation of equipment/which bears on existing pavements to ensure that
no cracking or other damages is occurring.

11) Observe the installation of joint material when joints are to be formed rather than
sawed. Check whether the joint material is placed as specified order corrections for any
deviations or poor workmanship.

12) Inserted joint material must conform to specified requirements, and be placed within
specified tolerances of plumpness, depth and alignment.

13) Ensure that the specified date stamp is used to mark the new pavement.

14) Ensure that a contact joint is constructed whenever there is an interval greater than that
allowed by specifications between any two successive loads of concrete.

15) Measure pavements width at the beginning of a run and thereafter periodically. While
the required width applies to both upper and lower surfaces, it is permissible for the
bottom width to be greater than specified when desired to reduce edge slump.

16) Observe preliminary finishing to determine whether it is being performed as specified


and in a manner, which will impart desired surface characteristics.

a) See that any lateral movement of the forms does not exceed the specified values.
Order additional staking of the forms or use larger stakes.

b) See that concrete is being vibrated, screeded and tamped by machines and that
the capacity of the machines is adequate to perform the work at a rate equal to
the production of the mixer.

c) Check vibrating to ensure that it is being done at the locations and in the
frequencies and amplitudes specified.

d) When side form construction is used, observe the screeding and tamping to
ensure, that they are being performed as specified.

e) One of the things most adversely affecting surface disability is mixing water with
the surface mortar during finishing. This water may be 'bleed' water which has
34-150
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

not evaporated or water added to the surface to make finishing easier or to


prevent hair cracking checking. If any of the concrete visible during finishing is
more dilute than the mortar of the freshly laid concrete, too much water is being
mixed into the surface.

17) Observe final finishing to determine whether it is being performed and in a manner
which will result in a finished surface having the desired qualities.

18) When there is any rainfall, sufficient to damage fresh pavement, as specified in the
specifications for protecting concrete, see that placing is stopped or that other steps
have taken such as placing a covering to prevent damage.

19) Ensure that the edges of pavement are rounded to the specified radii. Edging should be
performed prior to texturing. Observe texturing for compliance with requirements.

20) Ensure that the surface of the pavement is kept moist as specified both before and after
application of the curing seal.
Inspection after placing
1) a) Observe the sawing of weakened-plane joints. Check the location for
conformance with plans.

b) Control joints must be cut soon after the concrete has hardened enough
to support the saw.

c) Transverse weakened plane joints are to be sawed within 24 hours after


paving, longitudinal weakened plane joints are to be sawed within 12
hours following paving until otherwise specified.

d) Measure the finished surface with a straight edge to determine


compliance with specification order girding where necessary.

2) Measure the thickness by coring paving thickness. Variation is to be determined for all
cores by subtracting the specified thickness of pavement from thickness determined by
coring.

3) Coring machines should not be allowed on the fresh concrete while there is danger of
damaging the concrete. The minimum period to wait will be 72 hours.

34-151
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

35 CHECKLIST FOR PIPE CULVERTS


The works can be of two types, extension or new construction. In the case of pipe culverts the
mark out, excavation, bedding and placing of the pipes are most important and any mistake in
these activities cannot be corrected except by complete removal and reconstruction.
PRE-CONSTRUCTION STAGE
1) Test soil and see if it matches design value. If the culvert is in Black Cotton Soil, an extra
150mm of hard granular blanket should be provided to ensure pipes do not sink both
below the headwalls and below pipes. If the surface is rocky, concrete bedding may be
necessary to cover the undulation in the rock surface.

2) Pipe should be tested in accordance with IS: 458 (Concrete pipes with and without
reinforcement).

3) Check for the identification marks left on the pipes while inspection and testing of pipes
were carried out in the manufacturing plant.

4) Check for any cracks in the pipes, which might have been caused during transportation or
loading and unloading.
CONSTRUCTION STAGE
a) Excavation

The excavation should be as per drawings but the following should be checked:
The length of excavation caters for the number of pipes plus the spacing of pipes, which should
be half the diameter of the pipes but not less than 45cms.
The depth of excavation should cater for the following:
Cushion above pipe of minimum 60cm of half the dia. or the pipe including pavements.
If the required cushion is not available due to low embankment embed the pipe in
concrete. A minimum of 200mm thick PCC or 150mm RCC all-round the pipe shall be
provided.
Granular/concrete bedding and foundation depending upon the height of embankment
as per relevant IRC clauses, if necessary.
1/3 of pipe dia or 300mm will be buried below nallah bed to prevent scour.
The distances between trenches for foundation of headwalls are such that it suits the proposed
pipe lengths.
b) Foundation and Bedding
1) Check excavation is correct.

35-152
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

2) Check mix proportion of PCC is as specified.

3) Check thickness and material of bedding is as specified.

4) Check cradles are provided for resting of pipe joints.

5) Check length of pipe is same as the distance between the outer surfaces of the
headwalls.

6) Check proper foundation in case of Black Cotton/Soft soil and concrete bedding in case of
rocky strata is provided.
c) Placing of Pipes
1) Check spacing between pipes is not less than 1/2 dia. of pipe or 50 cm, whichever
is more.

2) Check pipes do not protrude beyond the headwalls.

3) Check cross slope of pipes is as per design.

4) Check joints of pipes properly done using collars or other methods as per
specifications. Joints shall be sealed with mortar, rubber gaskets or other sealing
materials.

5) Check pipe joints properly cradled. Joints shall be kept covered and damp for at
least 4 days.
d) Headwalls
1) Check headwall foundation is as per drawing.

2) Check headwall constructed as per design. If the same is of un-course rubble


ensure headers are used.

3) UCR masonry cannot be constructed properly to have a watertight joint at outer


surface of pipe at headwalls. In that case the pipes should be encased in 1:2:4 CC
near the headwalls to prevent floodwater from entering around the pipes.

4) Ensure curing for 7 days.


e) Filling Earth over Pipes
1) Ensure the culvert is filled with approved earth in layers not more than 30cms,
watered and compacted.

2) Ensure filling material free of boulders and black cotton or other unsuitable soils.

3) Initial compaction should be done manually.

35-153
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

4) Rolling to be done only after 30cm of earth has been laid over the pipes.
f) General
in general embankment is formed to the full height as required in the profile and plan
drawings. Then the pipe culverts are marked and excavated for pipe laying. This will
ensure better compacted embankment on either side of the pipes. After laying the pipe,
the excavated portion can be filled with granular material and properly compacted so
that no settlement takes place. In case pipes are laid before embankment is constructed,
the portion between the pipe rows and for a width of 0.6 to 0.75m on either side of the
pipe shall be backfilled with coarse granular materials and rolled along with earthwork.

35-154
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

36 CHECKLIST FOR SLAB CULVERTS AND BRIDGES


A. FOUNDATIONS
PRE-CONSTRUCTION STAGE
1) Confirm line out and position of abutments.

2) Confirm sub-soil investigation has been carried out up to 3m below design foundation
depth and design assumptions match actual site conditions.

a. Soil Investigation for foundation: IS: 1498, IS: 1888, IS: 1892, IS: 2131, IS: 2720, IS:
4434, IS: 1968 and IRC: 75.

b. Foundations resting on Rock: IS: 5313, IS: 4464, IS: 7292, IS: 7317 and IS: 7746 for
in-situ tests.

3) Check drawings are available at site.

4) Check materials like aggregate, sand, cement, HYSD bars have been tested and test
results are satisfactory.

5) Check adequate numbers of moulds are available for taking CC cubes for testing.

6) Check curing arrangements are adequate.

7) Check the required compressive strength of concrete for various items and mix designs
are available.

8) Check equipment and plant like weigh-batching machines, concrete mixers, water
measuring arrangements, Vibrators etc. are available.

9) Check quality control equipment like slump cones are available.

10) Check whether the area to be concreted is free from standing water. The area shall be
properly dewatered and kept clean before concreting.

11) If underwater concreting is to be done, ensure that the same is done through tremie
pipes, or drop bottom buckets or any other approved methods.

12) Before concreting check the weather. If extreme weather concreting is to be done,
ensure necessary precautionary methods as stipulated in the specifications. No
concreting shall be done if the atmospheric temperature is above 35 oC or below 5oC. The
concrete temperature should be less than 400C (or more than 400C) and not less than 50
C.

13) Ensure that proper platforms or pathways are laid for movement of people in and around
the concreting area and they are sound and safe.
36-155
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

CONSTRUCTION STAGE
1) Check the load tickets if concrete is delivered through transit mixers or agitators.

2) Check that the transported concrete is not segregated and contains no cement balls.

3) Check that no additional water added during hauling or at delivery point without an prior
instructions. If water is to be added, check that it is mixed as specified.

4) Ensure that concrete is placed while fresh and before it has taken an initial set. Ensure
that stiffening of concrete has not taken place in case of transported concrete.

5) Observe the method of placing of concrete and ensure concrete to placed without any
segregation and it is being compacted by specified vibrators.

6) Check that no over vibration takes place. Concrete shall be vibrated to the point where
mortar and water flush to the surface. Under vibration will leave rock pockets contact
between the vibrator and any reinforcement should be minimum, if possible avoid such
contacts.

7) If concreting is done through chutes, ensure that segregation of mortar and aggregate
does not take place. In case the drop height is more, a remixing of concrete shall be done
before placing.

8) Ensure that the drop of concrete shall not be more than 1.5 meters (as per section 1709).

9) In case of underwater concreting, ensure that extra 10% cement is added in the mix over
and above the required cement quantity as decided in the mix design.

10) If any use of admixtures is allowed, check whether they are being mixed as per the
specifications or approvals.

11) If concrete is pumped, ensure that approved type of pump is being used. Ensure that no
segregation takes place in pipes. Ensure that a continuous pumping is done. In case of
frequent stoppages, the pumps are to be cleaned properly otherwise, the pumped
material will remain in the pipelines. In that case cleaning will be very tedious concreting
operation may have to be stopped till the pump and pipelines are cleaned.

12) Carry out slump test to ensure correct water cement ratio.

13) Ensure mix design being followed.

14) Ensure adequate CC cubes collected for testing.


POST CONSTRUCTION STAGE
1) Ensure curing carried out for 14 days.
36-156
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

2) Ensure CC cubes tested for 7 days and 28 days strength. In case of M:35 concrete 56 and
90 days strengths must also be determined and found satisfactory.
B. ABUTMENTS, PIERS AND SLABS
PRE-CONSTRUCTION STAGE
In addition to the pre-construction checks for foundation, the following additional checks will be
carried out:

1) Formwork is of desired quality and rigidly fixed. Special care is required to be taken for
second and subsequent lifts to avoid bulging and honeycombing at junction of lifts.

2) Conform reinforcement is correctly tied as per drawings.

3) Approved type of vibrators are available and in working condition.


CONSTRUCTION STAGE
1) Check slab thickness, wall thickness and the area to be concreted is clean from an foreign
materials.

2) Ensure mix design is followed.

3) Carry out workability tests such as slump test to ensure correct water cement ratio.

4) Ensure approved types of vibrators are used.

5) In case of abutments and wing walls ensure weep holes are provided at specific
horizontal and vertical spacing.

6) Check the surface, in case of slab with straight edge. Remove any depressions and
irregularities.

7) Ensure adequate CC cubes collected for testing.

8) Ensure that water is not used as a finishing aid. If approved, use approved chemical
finishing aids or evaporation retardants.

9) During placing of concrete, check for any movement or deformation of forms have the
permissible tolerance limits.

10) Ensure that required cover for reinforcement is maintained and not disturbed while
placing concrete.
POST CONSTRUCTION STAGE
1) Ensure date of casting painted on surface as soon as side forms are removed.

2) Ensure curing carried out for 14 days.

3) Ensure that the formwork/false work is removed after stipulated time.


36-157
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

4) Ensure CC cubes tested as per laid down norms and the results are satisfactory.
C. APPROACHES TO CULVERT/BRIDGE
1) Ensure soil used for back filling is of approved material.

2) Ensure embankment built up in layers of 30cm compacted to 20cms. Test compaction of


each layer by field density test. 98% compaction is necessary.

3) Ensure invert filters are provided at weep holes.


D. PROTECTIVE WORKS
If additional protective works like aprons or flood protection bunds have been provided
for in the designs, it will be verified that these are constructed as per drawings and
specifications.

36-158
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

37 CHECKLIST FOR FORMWORK INSPECTION


LOCATION: DATED:

YES NO NA
1. Formwork design/drawing/sketch approved
including de-shuttering arrangements
2. Trial panel approved (if required)
3. Formwork alignment correct
4. Formwork levels correct, including screeds
5. Formwork dimensions correct
6. Formwork member spacing correct
7. Formwork member material quality acceptable
8. False work member sizes correct
9. False work member spacing correct
10. False work member material quality acceptable
11. Gaps between primary and secondary members
closed/wedged.
12. Face boarding/plywood/metal thickness correct
13. Joints between panels closed (no gaps)
14. Joints between panels flush (no steps/lips)
15. Panel flatness acceptable
16. Gaps between secondary members and face panels
closed
17. Tie rod material and sizes correct
18. Tie rod spacing correct
19. Tie rods tight, face cones flush
20. Spacers between shutter surface tightly fitting
21. Box outs, cast-in-items, ducts fixed correct, securely
22. Pre-stressing sheathing and vents, alignments and
spacing of supports acceptable
23. Empty sheathing secured against floatation
24. Pre-stressing anchorage positions and fixing acceptable
25. Chamfers/fillets sizes, straightness, fixing acceptable
26. Formwork clean
37-159
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

27. Formwork release oil material approved


28. Formwork release oil material applied correctly
29. Construction joint preparation satisfactory
30. Contraction/expansion joint preparation satisfactory
31. Safe access constructed
32. Adequate workspace provided for labour, equipment
33. Shutter vibrator (if required) location and fixing
arrangements approved

37-160
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

38 CHECKLIST FOR REINFORCEMENT INSPECTION


LOCATION: DATED:

CONTRACTORS' INSPECTION REQUEST NO.

REF. DRAWING NO.

YES NO N.A.
1. Working drawing checked and approved
2. Latest revision being used
3. Bar schedules approved
4. Reinforcement steel material approved
5. Bar bending and cutting satisfactory
6. Formwork member spacing correct
7. Corrosion treatment of bars, if required, satisfactory
8. Bar sizes correct
9. Bar lap lengths correct
10. Bar laps at correct locations
11. Bar tied as specified (check proper quality binding
wires are used)
12. Bar assembly rigid and adequately supported
(Including spacers/chair supports)
13. Cover to bottom bars correct
14. Cover to side bars correct
15. Cover to top bars correct
16. Cover blocks approved including fixing

Inspected by: Signed Date


(For Contractors)

Approved by: Signed Date


(For Engineer)

38-161
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

39 CHECKLIST FOR INSPECTION BEFORE APPROVAL TO CONCRETE


LOCATION: DATED:

CONTRACTORS' INSPECTION REQUEST NO.

YES/ NO CHECK OR N.A. INITIAL


1. Method statement approved
2. Batching plant mixers in working order
(Separate dispenser for admixture, if required, available)
3. Standby batcher in working order
4. Water, sand, coarse aggregate, cement, admixture
approved
5. Water, sand, coarse aggregate, admixture, cement
stock sufficient
6. Concrete conveying arrangement (including transit
mixers) available in working condition and of sufficient
capacity
7. Formwork/scaffolding approved
8. Reinforcement approved
9. Pre-stressing sheathing approved
10. Concreting equipment in working order
11. Standby crane, vibrators present
12. Tremie in working order (for under water work)
13. Concrete gang present, including carpenter, steel fixer,
mechanics and electricians
14. Access like walkways are provided
15. Safety arrangements adequate
16. Lighting provided
17. Communication between various points provided
18. Arrangements for arranging suspension/stoppage of
concrete provided
19. Curing arrangements made
20. Laboratory notified

Inspected by: Signed Date


(for Contractors)

Approved by: Signed Date


(for Engineer)

39-162
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

40 CHECKLIST FOR POST CONCRETING INSPECTION


LOCATION:

Date of:

Date of pour: Date of side shutter stripped:


Curing: Method Class of finish specified:
Start date: Finish date:
Checks

S or NS *

Curing: Whether properly done as specified and curing register maintained.


1. Class of finish
2. Surface Defects:
(honeycombing/sand No defects
streaks/air bubbles/cold Minor defects
joints) Major defects
Non conformance report No. Date:

3. Cracks: No cracks
Cracks
Nature of cracks:
4. Any other defects
5. If cracking noticed
6. Position/Dimensions: Alignment S or NS
Levels S or NS
Dimension S or NS

- Non conformance report no.:


*S = Satisfactory, NS = Not Satisfactory
Remarks:

Inspected by: Signed Date


(for Contractors)

Approved by: Signed Date


(for Department/Consultant)

40-163
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

41 CHECK LIST FOR BATCHING AND POURING OF CONCRETE


CONCRETE MIXING
1) Check the concrete grade and the respective mix Design already approved.
2) Check the condition of aggregates to be used.
3) Check the weighing and water dispensing methods adopted during the mixing.
4) Check whether the mixer machine has been cleaned properly.
5) Check whether required mixing time is allowed.
TRANSPORTATION/CONVEYANCE OF CONCRETE
1) Check whether the equipment is in proper working order.
2) Check whether specified methods are being followed.
3) Check whether the stipulated time limits are observed.
4) Check whether non-conforming wet concrete is being rejected and disposed off.
PLACING OF CONCRETE
1) Check whether the concrete is not segregated during pour. The height of dropping is
controlled. It should not exceed 1.5m.
2) Check whether the concrete is poured in layers of about 300 mm.
3) Check that the vibrator is applied systematically to compact uniformly and adequately.
4) Avoid over vibration.
5) Concrete shall not be pulled or pushed. Pouring should be done close to the final
position.
6) Cold joints are not allowed to be developed.
7) Under water concrete shall be poured only by tremies or pipeline.
8) The forms are not displaced or deformed during the concrete pour and vibration.
9) No slurry loss. Suitable no. of carpenters should be present and watch formwork during
the pour.
10) The concrete is poured within the allowable time limits from the time of batching.
11) Concrete cubes are taken as required as per table 1700.8 of MO
12) Check the curing arrangements whether they are satisfactory.

41-164
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

42 CHECK LIST FOR CONCRETING WORK OF SUPERSTRUCTURE


Name of Work: Method Statement for Concreting Work of Superstructure
1. Component of work concerned :
2. Grade of Concrete :
3. Proportion and Slump with ref. to approval :
4. Quantity of Concrete :
5. Material in stock for the above element :
Aggregate No. 1 : Cu.m.
Aggregate No. 2 : Cu.m.
Fine Aggregate (Sand) : Cu.m.
Cement : M.T.
6. Method of Mixing : (Brand and Quantity)
a) Batching Plant
b) Mixer No. 1
c) Mixer No. 2
d) Weigh Batcher No. 1 Calibrated on _________(fill date)
e) Weigh Batcher No. 2 Calibrated on _________(fill date)
f) Platform weighing machine Calibrated on _________(fill date)
g) Water discharging rate of batching plant
h) Water measure for M-l (Mixer No. 1)
i) Water measure for M-2 (Mixer No. 2)
7) Method of Transportation/Conveying
a) Type of buckets for batching plant and their numbers and capacity
b) Tractor trailer units for transporting buckets
c) Transit mixer, if any
8. Method of lifting and placement :
a) Tower crane and its location and reach (in meters)
b) Builders hoists
c) Wheel barrows to be carried over pipe rail
d) Arrangement for supporting pipe rail
9. Vibrators (in Nos.)
d) Electrical
e) Petrol

42-165
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

f) 60mm dia vibrating needles


g) 40mm dia vibrating needles
10. Cube Moulds (Nos.)
150 x 150 x 150
Slump cone with calibrated rod
11. (A) Labour available: Skilled and Semi-skilled Unskilled in each shift
a) For mixing
b) For transportation
c) For placement
d) For vibration
e) For finishing

42-166
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

43 CHECKLIST FOR CONTRACTOR'S SITE MANAGEMENT


(Related to Environmental Issues)
The checklist given here is designed to help the contractor to consider and implement the
environmentally relevant aspects during the construction.
Scope Objectives to be checked
General
1 Information about the labourers, about the special measures for the care of the
environment and their implications.
2 Record of the condition of the construction areas and the vicinity prior to entering and
starting construction activities.
3 Observation of seasonal restrictions in the working schedule for environmental reasons.
4 Protection (fencing, wrap up) of the trees which are not to be cut within the construction
areas.
5. No use of fire wood, provision of alternative combustibles (kerosene).
6. No unauthorized tree cutting.
7. Protection of protected, threatened or endangered plants and animals within the
construction area.
8. Installation of the temporary works for noise suppression.
9. Use and maintenance of the plant devices for the reduction of dust.
10. Installation of temporary work for dust suppression.
11. Spreading of water during dust producing operations.
12. Removing and correct storage of top soil.
13. Ensure the functioning of the irrigation systems affected by the construction activities.
14. Execution of water structures in rivers during low discharge.
15. Reinstatement of access and bypass roads.
16. Re-vegetation of bare area within the construction area.
Plantations
1. Application of local plants, avoiding unnatural monocultures.
2. Planting of plants only during the favourable season.
3. Care and maintenance of plantations.
Protection of Waterways
1. Protection of waterways against pollution, guidelines for washing of equipments etc.
2. Temporary diversions of waterways if pollution during construction cannot be avoided.
3. No storage of hazardous material below flood level.
4. No unauthorized borrowing/stone collection.
43-167
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

5. Reinstatement of waterways affected during construction.


Protected Areas (Forest, Swamps etc.)
1. Information of the labourers about the limit of such areas and the specific precaution
measures.
2. Marking the border line between construction site and such areas.
3. Installation of temporary measures for the protection of such areas.
4. Maintenance of the temporary protection measures.
Borrow Areas:
1. Application of the safety regulations for blasting.
2. Training of workers for the use of explosives.
3. Fencing of borrow pits and steep quarrying slopes.
4. Continuous monitoring of the surrounding area for possible damages during quarry
operation.
5. Application of the dust prevention measures including regular cleaning of the site, water-
spreading etc.
6. Application of the noise suppression methods.
7. Reinstatement of the area no longer used for borrowing or quarrying.
Dumping sites
1. Installation and maintenance of drainage system.
2. Application of erosion control measures.
3. Fencing of the areas.
4. Control of the deposit material.
5. Reinstatement of the filled up areas.
Earth Work
1. Deposition of excavated material in (temporary) deposit areas.
2. Strictly abstain from uncontrolled dumping and side casting-.
3. Erosion protection measures for all stocked material.
4. Erosion protection and re-vegetation of embankment slopes.
Workforce Camp
1. Respect of the environmentally relevant conditions for the work camp.
2. Condition of the accommodation for the labourers.
3. Supply with sufficient drinking water.
4. Supply with fuel for cooking.
5. Sufficient latrines in hygienic conditions.
6. Maintenance of the sewage system.

43-168
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

7. Waste management and disposal.


Work Conditions
1. Availability of adequate and usable first aid kit at site.
2. Training of (some) labourers in first aid.
3. Provisions for the care of the labourers in case of serious accidents (with the local health
posts etc.).
4. Protection materials and outfit for the labourers working with hazardous material,
dangerous equipment or under unfavourable conditions (noise, dust).
5. Supply of drinking water on site.
6. Adequate latrine facilities on site.
Hazardous materials
1. Proper storage of hazardous material, protected against weathering and other impacts.
2. Adequate protection for and training of the labourers handling hazardous material.
3. Storage management system to avoid loss and unwarranted use of hazardous material.
4. Hazardous waste management.
5. Drainage system of the storage area with settlement tank.
Equipment and Plants
1. Provision of workshop facilities and skilled mechanics to maintain the engines.
2. Use of plant silencing devices and maintenance of them.
3. Tuning the combustion engines regularly to minimise the pollution exhausts.
4. Special areas for the cleaning and washing of equipment and plant.
5. Waste management plan for used oils and lubricants.
6. Drainage system for workshop and cleaning areas with settlement tank and oil skimmer.

43-169
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

44 CHECKLIST FOR CONSTRUCTION SUPERVISION


(Related to Environmental Issues)
The checklist given here indicates environmental measures, which should be controlled by the
supervision team of the construction project.
Scope Objectives to be checked
General
1. Agreement and compensation for the use of additional land for borrow areas, dumping
sites, access and bypass roads etc.
2. Evaluation of the records of the condition of the construction areas and the vicinity
before construction.
3. Protection of trees, no firewood collection.
4. Authorisation of tree cutting.
5. Timely and adequate re-vegetation of bare areas.
6. Selection and quality of vegetation material.
7. Care and maintenance of the plantations.
8. Identification and protection of endangered or protected plants.
9. Implementation of noise and dust reducing agents.
10. Removal and storage of top soil.
11. Timely and adequate rehabilitation of affected irrigation systems.
Protection of waterways
1. Monitoring of the water flow erosion and scouring activities in rivers concerned by
borrow activities.
2. Observation of the influence of construction activities in rivers regarding water flow,
erosion, siltation, etc.
3. Enforcement of the prohibition to deposit waste or to discharge polluted water in rivers.
4. Enforcement of the prohibition to enter with any vehicle in standing or running water.
Protected areas (swamps, forests etc.)
1. Identification and delineation of such areas.
2. Efficient protection.
3. Adequate rehabilitation in the case of encroachment.
Borrow Areas
1. Proper use of explosives.
2. Training of the workers using explosives.
3. Application of the safety regulations for explosives.
4. Drainage system and erosion protection of the borrow areas.

44-170
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

5. Reinstatement of areas no longer used.


Dumping sites
1. Suitability of the selected sites.
2. Approval of the land owner.
3. Kind of deposited material.
4. Water management and erosion protection measures of the dumping sites.
5. Reinstatement of the dumping site.
Earthworks
1. Controlled deposition of excavated material.
2. Erosion protection measures of temporarily or finally deposited material.
3. Adequate erosion protection of embankment slopes.
Reinstatement
1. Dismantling of temporary installation when no longer used.
2. Reshaping of the area to the former conditions or suitable to the surrounding area.
3. Relaying of top soil.
4. Adequate revegetation.
5. Rehabilitation of agricultural land suitable for further cultivation.
6. Reforestation of forest land.
7. Protection of the reinstated areas.
Workforce Camp
1. Selection of the workforce camp site.
2. Enforcement of the environmentally relevant measures.
3. Supply with drinking water and fuel.
4. Sanitary conditions in the workforce camp.
5. Proper sewage system and waste management.
Work Conditions
1. No employment of children.
2. Implementation of the first and precautions.
3. Precaution for the care of labourers in case of serious accidents (local hospitals etc.).
4. Availability of the necessary protection materials, equipment and outfit and use of them.
5. Supply of drinking water.
6. Availability of sanitary latrine facilities on site.
Hazardous Materials
1. Adequate storage facilities.
2. Training of the labourers handling with the hazardous material.

44-171
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

3. Availability of the protection measures for the labourers handling hazardous material and
use of them.
4. Emergency planning for accidental events with hazardous material
5. Hazardous waste management.
6. Drainage system of the storage areas.
Equipment and Plants
1. Installation of workshop and clearing areas.
2. Regular maintenance and turning of the engines.
3. Waste management.
4. Drainage system of workshop and clearing areas.

44-172
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

45 FORMATS FOR MAINTAINING TEST RECORDS


Sl.No. Description Form No.
I GENERAL
Request For Inspection format QC-1
I EARTH WORK AND BORROW AREAS
1. Atterberg Limits QC-1A
2. Moisture Content QC-2
3. Dry Density and Moisture Content Relationship Modified Procter QC-3
4. Dry Density of Soil/GSB/WMM (Sand Replacement Method) QC-4
5. California Bearing Ratio & Expansion Ratio QC-5
6. Free Swelling Index QC-6
7. Gradation of Aggregate QC-7
8. Characteristics of Borrow Materials (Classification) QC-8
9. Characteristics of Borrow Materials (Physical Properties) QC-9
10. Summary of Text Record Material for Embankment/Subgrade QC-10
II GRANULAR SUB BASE
1. Gradation for Coarse Graded Granular Sub Base QC-11
2. Gradation for Close Graded Granular Sub Base QC-12
3. Ten Percent Fines QC-13
4. Summary of Test Record Granular Sub Base QC-14
5. Summary of Test Record Compaction of Granular Sub Base / Wet Mix QC-15
Macadam
6. Gradation for Wet Mix Macadam QC-16
7. Summary of Test Records Wet Mix Macadam for Sub-Base / Base QC-17
III AGGREGATES
1. Specific Gravity & Water Absorption of Aggregates QC-18
2. Aggregates Impact Value QC-19
3. Los Angeles Abrasion Value Test QC-20
4. Soundness of Aggregates QC-21
5. Worksheet for Soundness---------- QC-22
6. Flakiness Index and Elongation Index QC-23
7. Stripping Value of Road Aggregates QC-24
8. Tests on Fine / Aggregates/Sand QC-25
9. Sand Equivalent Test QC-26
IV BITUMINOUS WORKS
1. Penetration Value of Bitumen QC-27
2. Ductility Test QC-28
3. Specific Gravity of Bitumen QC-29
4. Transverse Distribution of Primer/Tack Coat / Binder QC-30
5. Rate of Spread of Primer / Tack Coat /Binder QC-31
6. Rate of Spread of Primer/ Tack Coat QC-32
7. Observation of Tack Coat (Plate Test) QC-33
8. Binder Content QC-34

45-173
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

Sl.No. Description Form No.


9. Summary of Test Record Aggregates for Dense Bituminous Macadam QC-35
10. Specific Gravity of Filler QC-36
11. Combined Specific Gravity of Hot Bin Aggregates QC-37
12. Transit Voucher for Bituminous Mix QC-38
13. Time and Temperature Record of Bituminous Mix QC-39
14. Temperature Record for DBM/BC QC-40
15. Summary of Test Record Dense Bituminous Macadam Mix QC-41
16. Summary of Test Record Bituminous Concrete Mix QC-42
17. Summary of Test Record Chippings for Premix carpet QC-43
18. Summary of Test Record Seal Coat Material QC-44
19. Marshall Density for Dense Bituminous Macadam QC-45
20. Field Density of Dense Bituminous Macadam QC-46
21. Marshall Properties of Asphaltic Mix (Daily Production) QC-47
22. Compaction of Dense Bituminous Macadam (Overlay) QC-48
23. Bituminous Extraction of DBM (Overlay) QC-49
24. Compaction of Bituminous Courses QC-50
25. Surface Irregularity at Middle of Traffic Lane and Transverse to CL QC-51
V CONCRETE
1. Routine Tests on Cement QC-52
2. Cement Test Record QC-53
3. Flexural Strength of Concrete Beam QC-54
4. Determination of Compressive Strength of Concrete Cores QC-55
5. Bleeding of Concrete QC-56
6. Concrete Laboratory Mix Design QC-57
7. Laboratory Concrete Trial Mix Data QC-58
8. Concrete Pour Cord QC-59
9. Test for Flat and Elongated Particles QC-60
10. Mix Design for Concrete QC-61
11. Concrete Cube Record QC-62
12. Aggregate Combination Calculation Sheet QC-63
13. Maximum Theoretical Specific Gravity and Effective Specific Gravity of QC-64
Aggregate
14. Concrete Cube Calendar QC-65
15. Summary of Test Record for Sand/Fine Aggregate for Structural QC-66
Concrete
16. Summary of Test Record for Coarse Aggregates for Structural Concrete QC-67
17. Core Test QC-68
18. Calibration Chart of Batching Plant for Aggregate QC-69
19. Calibration Chart for Batching Plant for Water Meter QC-70
20. Calibration Chart of Batching Plant for Cement Gauge QC-71

45-174
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

QC-1: REQUEST FOR INSPECTION: ROAD WORKS

Name of work: G.S.B / W.M.M

Location: KM .................................................. to KM .....................................................

The above works have been executed as per the laid down specifications of the contract
and may be inspected and approved. Supporting quality control test results are enclosed.

Date of Inspection:................................. Date of Submission: .........................

Time :...............................

Engineer
Contractor Company
Name

The above works have checked and found as under:

a) Layout / Horizontal alignment :

b) Level Sheet :

c) Compaction :

d) Grading :

e) Surface regularity :

Measurement of work / Remarks :

Accepted by: For Consultant

Contractor Company name

45-175
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

QC-1A: ATTERBERGS LIMITS

TEST METHOD: IS: 2720 (PART-V)


Client :
Consultant :
Contractor :

Location/Chainage:
Description of Material: Date of Sampling:
Source of the Material: Date of Testing:
Sample No.: Sampled by:

OBSERVATIONS
SL. LIQUID LIMIT PLASTIC LIMIT
NO DESCRIPTION 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5
.
1 No. of Blows (n)
2 Container No.
3 Mass of Container+Wet Soil, W2
(gm)
4 Mass of Container+Oven dried
soil, W3 (gm)
5 Mass Container W1 (gm)
6 Water Content
W2 W3
% w = --------x100
W3 W1

REMARKS:
% MOISTURE
CONTENT

5
NO. OF BLOWS (LOG
SCALE) 45-176
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

LIQUID LIMIT (%) FROM GRAPH PLASTIC LIMIT (%) PLASTICITY INDEX (%)

For the Contractor For the Engineer

45-177
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

QC-2: MOISTURE CONTENT

TEST METHOD : IS : 2720 (PART - II)


Location / Chainage :
Description of Material : Date of Sampling :
Source of Material : Date of Testing :
Sample No. : Sampled By :
OBSERVATIONS

Sl. No. DESCRIPTION SAMPLE 1 SAMPLE 2 SAMPLE 3

1 DISH NO.

2 WEIGHT OF DISH, W1 GMS


WEIGHT OF DISH + WET SOIL, W2
3
GMS
WEIGHT OF DISH + DRY SOIL, W3
4
GMS
WEIGHT OF MOISTURE, (W2-W3)
5
GMS
WEIGHT OF DRY SOIL, (W3-W1)
6
GMS
MOISTURE CONTENT, w = [(W2-
7
W3) / (W3-W1)] x 100 %

AVERAGE MOISTURE CONTENT:

For the Contractor For the Consultant For the Engineer

45-178
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

QC-3: MODIFIED PROCTOR


DRY DENSITY AND MOISTURE CONTENT RELATIONSHIP IS:2720 PART VIII

SAMPLE NO. : DATE:


SAMPLE DESCRIPTION : LOCATION:
Mould No.
Wt. Mould + Wet Soil g.
Wt. Mould g.
Wt. Wet Soil g.
Volume of Mould Cc

DRY DENSITY
Wet Density g/cc

Container N
Wt. Container + Wet Soil g.
Wt. Container + Dry Soil g.
Wt. Water g.
Wt. Container
Wt. Dry soil g.

Moisture Content cc.


Dry Density g/cc
DESCRIPTION OF THE SAMPLE MOISTURE CONTENT (%)

Max. Dry Density (Max. d): g/cc Optimum Moisture


Content=%

For the Contractor For the Consultant For the Engineer

URS Scott Wilson India Pvt., Ltd., 179 December 2012-


State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

QC4: DRY DENSITY OF SOIL/GSB/WMM (SAND REPLACEMENT METHOD)

QC-4

Client / Engineer :
Consultant :
Contractor :

DRY DENSITY OF SOIL/GSB/WMM (SAND REPLACEMENT METHOD)


TEST METHOD : IS : 2720 (PART XXVIII)
Location / Chainage :

Description of Material : Date of Laying :

Source of the Material : Date of Testing :

Layer Type & No. :

LAB M.D.D. d : gm/cm3 @ O.M.C. : %

OBSERVATIONS
S. NO. DESCRIPTION / LOCATION

Weight of Wet Soil from hole, Ww


1
(gm.)

Weight of sand + Cylinder before pouring,


2
W1 (gm.)

Weight of sand + Cylinder After pouring, W3


3
(gm.)

Mean Weight of sand in Cone of pouring cylinder,


4
W2 (gm.)

5 Weight of sand in Hole, Wb = W1-W3-W2 (gm.)

6 Bulk Density, b = (Ww/Wb) x s gm./cm3

7 Water content, w (as per QC-2)

8 Dry density, d = [(100 b) / (100+w)] gm./cm3

9 Compaction achieved = [d / d (Lab)] x 100 %

Remarks :

For the Contractor For the Engineer

45-180
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

QC-5
CALIFORNIA BEARING RATIO & EXPANSION RATIO
TEST METHOD: IS : 2720 (PART - XVI)

Client / Engineer :
Consultant :
Contractor :
Location /
:
Chainage
Description of
: Date of Sampling :
Material
Source of Material : Date of Testing :
Sample No. : Sampled by :
Volume of Mould V = 2250 cm3
OBSERVATIONS
SL
MOULD NO. __ MOULD NO. __ MOULD NO. __
NO.
DESCRIPTION
BEFORE AFTER BEFORE AFTER BEFORE AFTER
SOAKING SOAKING SOAKING SOAKING SOAKING SOAKING
1 Mass of Mould W1 (gm.)
Mass of Mould + Wet soil
2
W2 (gm.)
Mass of Wet Soil W2-W1
3
(gm.)
b = (W2 -
4
W1)/V (gm./cm3)
5 Container No.
Mass of Container W5
6
(gm.)
Mass of Container + Wet
7
Soil Sample W3 (gm.)
Mass of Container + Oven
8
Dried Soil Sample W4 (gm.)
Water Content %
9 w = [(W3-W4)/(W4-
W5)]x100
Dry Density
10
b)/(100+w) (gm./cm3)

45-181
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

Mould No.

Initial Dial gauge reading, ds


(mm) Proving, Ring Capacity

Final Dial gauge reading, dt


(mm)
Height of specimen, h (mm) Proving Ring Factor
Expansion ratio [(dt-ds)/h] x
100

PROVING RING DIAL READINGS


PENETRATION
MOULD NO. __ MOULD NO. __ MOULD NO. __
SL.
(mm) Dial gauge Dial gauge Dial gauge
NO. Unit Load Unit Load Unit Load
reading 2 reading reading
(Kg/cm ) (Kg/cm2) (Kg/cm2)
(divs) (divs) (divs)
1 0.5
2 1
3 1.5
4 2
5 2.5
6 4
7 5
8 7.5
9 10
10 12.5

Mould No. C.B.R at 2.5 mm in % C.B.R at 5.0 mm in % Remarks

Note: Standard Load Unit Standard Load, Total Standard Load,


Penetration, mm
kgf/cm2 kgf
2.5 70 1370
5 105 2055

For the
For the Contractor Engineer

45-182
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

FREE SWELLING INDEX


TEST METHOD: IS:2720 (PART XXXX)
QC-6
Client : Carriageway: L/R
Consultant : Carriageway: L/R
Contractor :
Location/Chainage :
Description of Material : Date of Sampling :
Source of the Material : Date of Testing :
Sample No. : Sampled by :
OBSERVATIONS
FREE
HEIGHT OF
HEIGHT OF THE SWELLING
SL. THE SOIL
LOCATION/ SOIL SPECIMEN INDEX
NO DEPTH SPECIMEN IN REMARKS
CHAINAGE IN WATER, H2, F.S.I.
. KEROSENE, H1,
MM = (H2-H1)X 100
MM
H1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10

For the Contractor For the Engineer

45-183
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

GRADATION OF AGGREGATES
TEST METHOD: IS:2720 (PART IV)
QC-7
Client : Carriageway: L/R
Consultant : Carriageway: L/R
Contractor :

Location/Chainage :
Description of Material : Date of Sampling :
Source of the Material : Date of Testing :
Sample No. : Sampled by :
OBSERVATIONS
MASS OF
IS SIEVE CUMULATIVE CUMULATIVE
SOIL PERCENTAGE
DESIGNATIO MASS RETAINED PERCENTAGE REMARKS
RETAINED PASSING
N in gms. RETAINED
in gms.
45 mm
37.5 mm
26.5 mm
22.4 mm
19.00 mm
13.2 mm
11.2 mm
9.5 mm
5.6 mm
4.75 mm
1.80 mm
2.36 mm
300 mic
90 mic
75 mic
Pan
Total

For the Contractor For the Engineer

45-184
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

CHARACTERISTICS OF BORROW MATERIALS (CLASSIFICATION)


QC-8
Client : Carriageway: L/R
Consultant : Carriageway: L/R
Contractor :
Natural moisture

materials is used GRADING % Passing IS Sieve

Sand content
Borrow Area

Recorded by
Km. in which
Location of

Natural Dry

4.75 mm
100 mm

425 mic

Remarks
75 mm

19 mm

75 mic
Content

Density

2 mm
S. No.

Ref

%
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

For the Contractor For the Engineer

45-185
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

CHARACTERISTICS OF BORROW MATERIALS (PHYSICAL PROPERTIES)


QC-9
Client : Carriageway: L/R
Consultant : Carriageway: L/R
Contractor : material is used

P.I. Value Modified Proctor CBR


Km. in which
Borrow Area

Recorded by
Deleterious
Location of

Contents

Remarks
M.D. O.M. Ref
% Ref. Ref. %
S. No

D. C. .

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

For the Contractor For the Engineer

45-186
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

SUMMARY OF TEST RECORD


Material for Embankment/Sub-grade
QC-10
Client : Carriageway: L/R
Consultant : Carriageway: L/R
Contractor :

Sr.
No Test Details Test Results
.
1. Sample Reference No.
2. Date of Test
3. Location of Sample (borrow pit/roadbed)
4. Fraction Passing 75 micron%
5. Sand (4.75 mm 0.075 mm)%
6. Gravel (80 mm 4.75 mm)%
7. Cobble (300 mm 80 mm)%
8. Oversize for Embankment (+75 mm)%
9. Over for Sub-grade (+50 mm)%
10. Liquid Limit %
11. Plastic Limit %
12. Plasticity Index
13. Free Swell Index (if expansive clay)%
14. Presence of swamp/marsh/vegetation/salt free
15. Classification IS:1498
16. Field Dry Density (if existing road bed) kg/cum
17. Maximum Dry Density (by heavy compaction)
18. Optimum Moisture Content %
19. CBR (for sub-grade) %
20. Sulphate content (for fill around structure) %
21. Uniformity coefficient (for fill in water)
22. Remarks / suitability (see Test Tables 1 to 8)
23. Tested by
24. Checked/ Approved by

For the Contractor For the Engineer

45-187
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

GRADATION FOR COARSE GRANULAR SUB-BASE


TEST METHOD: IS:2720 (PART IV)
QC-11
Client : Carriageway: L/R
Consultant : Carriageway: L/R
Contractor :

Location/Chainage :
Description of Material : Date of Sampling :
Source of the Material : Date of Testing :
Sample No. : Sampled by :
OBSERVATIONS
CUMULATI LIMITS PERCENTAGE PASSING
MASS CUMULATI
IS SIEVE VE PERCENTA IS SIEVE FOR
OF SOIL VE MASS
DESIGNATI PERCENTA GE
RETAINE RETAINED GRADIN GRADIN GRADIN
ON GE PASSING
D (gm.) (gm.) GI G II G III
RETAINED
75.0 mm 100 - -
53.0 mm - 100 1
26.5 mm 55-75 50-80 100
4.75 mm 10-30 15-35 25-45
0.075 mm < 10 < 10 <10
PAN

GRADATION CURVE
100
90
80
PERCENTAGE PASSING
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
00

SIEVE DESIGNATION (LOG-SCALE)

For the Contractor For the Engineer

45-188
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

GRADATION FOR CLOSE GRADED GRANULAR SUB-BASE


TEST METHOD: IS:2720 (PART IV)
QC-12
Client : Carriageway: L/R
Consultant : Carriageway: L/R
Contractor :

Location/Chainage :
Description of Material : Date of Sampling :
Source of the Material : Date of Testing :
Sample No. : Sampled by :
OBSERVATIONS
CUMULATI LIMITS PERCENTAGE PASSING
MASS CUMULATI
IS SIEVE VE PERCENTA IS SIEVE FOR
OF SOIL VE MASS
DESIGNATI PERCENTA GE
RETAINE RETAINED GRADIN GRADIN GRADIN
ON GE PASSING
D (gm.) (gm.) GI G II G III
RETAINED
75.00 mm 100 - -
53.00 mm 80-100 100 -
26.50 mm 55-90 70-100 100
9.50 mm 35-65 50-80 65-95
4.75 mm 25-55 40-65 50-80
2.36 mm 20-40 30-50 40-65
0.425 mm 10-25 15-25 20-35
0.075 mm 3-10 3-10 3-10
PAN
GRADATION CURVE
100
90
80
PERCENTAGE PASSING

70
60
50
40
30
20
10
00

SIEVE DESIGNATION (LOG-SCALE)

For the Contractor For the Engineer

45-189
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

TEN PERCENT FINES


TEST METHOD: BS:812 (PART III)
QC-13
Client : Carriageway: L/R
Consultant : Carriageway: L/R
Contractor :

Location/Chainage :
Description of Material : Date of Sampling :
Source of the Material : Date of Testing :
Sample No. : Sampled by :

OBSERVATIONS

SAMP SAMP
S. SAMPL SAMPL SAMPL REMAR
ITEM DESCRIPTION LE LE
NO. E NO.1 E NO.2 E NO.5 KS
NO.3 NO.4
1 TOTAL SAMPLE TAKEN, M1
(gm.)
2 PASSING 2.36 MM SIEVE, M2
(gm.)
3 LOSS M1-M2 = M3 (gm.)
4 % FINES M = (M3/M1) X 100
5 TOTAL FORCE APPLIED, F (KN)
6 FORCE REQUIRED =
[14F/(M=4)] KN

FORCE REQUIRED FOR 10% FINES VALUE = KN.

For the Contractor For the Engineer

45-190
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

SUMMARY OF TEST RECORD


Granular Sub-base Material
QC-14
Client : Carriageway: L/R
Consultant : Carriageway: L/R
Contractor :

Sr.
Tests Specified Valued Test Results
No.
1 Sample Location -
2 Date of Test -
3 Sample Identification No. -
4 Grading (Sieve Size) (See Note)
75 mm
53 mm
26.5 mm
9.5 mm
4.75 mm
2.36 mm
0.425 mm
0.075 mm
5 10% Fines Value (Wet) Min 50 kN
6 Water Absorption Max 2%
7 Soundness Sodium/Magnesium Max 12/18
Special
8 CBR at 98% of MDD
Specification
9 MDD & OMC -
10 LL and PI 25% & 6%
11 Deleterious Constituents Nil
12 Suitability/Remarks -
13 Tested/Checked by -
14 Checked/Approved by -
Note: 1. Pick up specified value from Table 12 of Control Tests for the grading no.
stipulated in Special Specification of the Contract.
2. Circle or underline non-confirming values

For the Contractor For the Engineer

45-191
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

SUMMARY OF TEST RECORD


Compaction of Granular Sub-base/Wet Mix Macadam Base
QC-15
Client : Carriageway: L/R
Consultant : Carriageway: L/R
Contractor :

Sr. Location within km


Layer-wise Details
No. 0.0-0.1 0.1-0.2 0.2-0.3 0.3-0.4 0.4-0.5 0.5-0.6 0.6-0.7 0.7-0.8 0.8-0.9 0.9-1.0
Strip Plan
LL
1.
Showing Test Spot
RL
2. Test Reference No.
3. Chainage (km+metre)
4. Layer No. & Level
5. Material Source
6. Laboratory MDD (kg/cum)
7. Optimum Moisture Content %
8. MC at compaction %
9. Field Dry Density (kg/cum)
10. Degree of Compaction %
11. Layer thickness (mm)
12. Whether Retested
13. Passed / Failed
14. Tested Checked
Note: LL = Left Lane; RL = Right Lane
for the Contractor For the Engineer
45-192
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

GRADATION FOR WET MIX MACADAM


TEST METHOD: IS:2720 (PART IV)
QC-16
Client : Carriageway: L/R
Consultant : Carriageway: L/R
Contractor :

Location/Chainage :
Description of Material : Date of Sampling :
Source of the Material : Date of Testing :
Sample No. : Sampled by :
OBSERVATIONS
CUMULATIVE
IS SIEVE MASS CUMULATIVE PERCENTA LIMITS
MASS
DESIGNATI RETAINED PERCENTAGE GE PERCENTAGE
RETAINED
ON (gm.) RETAINED PASSING PASSING
(gm.)
53.0 MM 100
45.0 MM 95-100
22.4 MM 60-80
11.2 MM 40-60
4.75 MM 25-40
2..36 MM 15-30
0.6 MM 8-22
0.075 MM 0-8
PAN

GRADATION CURVE
100
90
80
PERCENTAGE PASSING

70
60
50
40
30
20
10
00

SIEVE DESIGNATION (LOG-SCALE)


For the Contractor For the Engineer

45-193
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

SUMMARY OF TEST RECORD


Wet Mix Macadam for Base
QC-17
Client : Carriageway: L/R
Consultant : Carriageway: L/R
Contractor :

Sr.
Tests Specified Valued Test Results
No.
1 Sample Location -
2 Date of Test -
3 Sample Identification No. -
4 Layer -
5 AIV Max 30%
6 Los Angeles Abrasion (alt to AIV) Max 40%
Flakiness & Elongation Index
7 Max 30%
(total)
8 Plasticity Index Max 6
9 Water Absorption Max 2%
Soundness (if absorption exceeds
10 Max 12%
2%)
11 MDD (by heavy compaction) -
12 OMC -
13 Grading Percentage
Sieve Size Passing
53 mm 100
45 mm 95-100
26.5 mm -
22.4 mm 60-80
11.2 mm 40-60
4.75 mm 25-40
2.36 mm 15-30
600 micron 8-22
75 micron 0-8
14 Suitability/Remarks -
15 Tested by -
16 Checked/Approved by -

For the Contractor For the Engineer

45-194
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

SPECIFIC GRAVITY & WATER ABSORPTION OF AGGREGATES


TEST METHOD : IS: 2386 (PART III)
QC-18
Client :
Consultant :
Contractor :

Location/Chainage :
Description of Material : Date of Sampling :
Source of the Material : Date of Testing :
Sample No. : Sampled by :
OBSERVATIONS

SL. TEST NUMBER


DETAILS MEAN VALUE
NO. 1 2 3
Weight of saturated aggregates
1
and basket in Water, W1 (gm)
Weight of basket in Water, W2
2
(gm)
Weight of saturated surface dry
3
Aggregates in air, W3 (gm)
Weight of oven dried aggregates in
4
air, W4 (gm)
Specific Gravity W4
5
W3 (W1 W2)
Apparent Specific Gravity
6 W4
W4 (W1 W2)
Water Absorption W3 W4) x100
7
W4

For the Contractor For the Engineer

45-195
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

AGGREGATES IMPACT VALUE


TEST METHOD : IS: 2386 (PART IV)
QC-19
Client :
Consultant :
Contractor :

Location/Chainage :
Description of Material : Date of Sampling :
Source of the Material : Date of Testing :
Sample No. : Sampled by :
OBSERVATIONS

Sl.
Description 1 2 3 Average Value
No.
Total Weight of the
1
Aggregate taken W1 (gm)
Weight of Aggregate
2 retained on 2.36 mm I.S.
Sieve, W2 (gm)
Weight of Aggregates
passing through 2.36 mm I.S.
3
Sieve
W3=W1-W2(gm)
Aggregate Impact Value
4
(W3/W1) x 100%

For the Contractor For the Engineer

45-196
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

LOS ANGELES ABRASION VALUE TEST


TEST METHOD: IS:2386 (PART IV)
QC-20
Client : Carriageway: L/R
Consultant : Carriageway: L/R
Contractor :

Sample Description :

Location : Sample No.:

Source : Date :

Cycle (33 R.P.N) 500 No. 1 2

Initial Weight A ..gm

Weight Retained after


B ..gm
Test on No. 12 Sieve

A B x 100
A

% By Weight Passing No. 12 ..


Sieve %

Remarks : _______________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________

For the Contractor For the Engineer

45-197
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

SOUNDNESS OF AGGREGATES
(No. of Cycles 5)
TEST METHOD : IS: 2386 (PART V)
QC-21
Client :
Consultant :
Contractor :

Location : Sample No.:

Source : Date :

Sample Description : Kind of Solution:

Recording Test Data


Sieve Size Grading of Weight of Percentage
Original Test Passing Weight
Sample Fractions Designated Percentage Remarks
Passing Retained
Percent Before Test After Test Loss
(Retained) (gms)
Soundness of Fine Aggregates
150 mic -
300 mic 150 mic
600 mic 300 mic
1.18 mic 600 mic
2.36 mic 1.18 mic
4.75 mic 2.36 mic
10 mm 4.75 mic
Totals
Soundness of Coarse Aggregates
63 mm 50 mm
50 mm 40 mm
40 mm 25 mm
25 mm 20 mm
20 mm 12 mm
12 mm 10 mm
10 mm 4.75 mm
Totals

For the Contractor For the Engineer

45-198
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

WORKSHEET FOR SOUNDNESS TEST


(No. of Cycles 5)
QC-22
Client :
Consultant :
Contractor :
Location : Sample No.:
Source : Date :
Sample Description :
Reagent Used: SODIUM SULPHATE Size of Aggregate: ______ mm to ______ mm

Wt. Of Cycle Temp. of Immersion in Na2SO4/MgSO4 Oven Drying Qualitative Examination of Fractions of
Sample No. Na2SO4/ In Out In Out Sample Coarser than 20 mm size
before MgSO4 Date Time Date Time Date Time Date Time
Immersion Solution (C)
(gm)

Cycle -1

Cycle -2

Cycle -3

Cycle -4
45-199
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

Cycle -5

For the Contractor For the Engineer

45-200
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

FLAKINESS INDEX AND ELONGATION INDEX


TEST METHOD : IS: 2386 (PART I)
QC-23
Client :
Consultant :
Contractor :

Location/Chainage :
Description of Material : Date of Sampling :
Source of the Material : Date of Testing :
Sample No. : Sampled by :
OBSERVATIONS

Flakiness Index Elongation Index


Weight of Weight of
Weight of
the aggregate Weight of
Retained Non-Flaky
Sl. Passing through aggregate in each aggregate in
on I.S. aggregate
No I.S. Sieve in size taken in fraction each fraction
Sieve size taken in
. (mm) each passing not passing the
(mm) each
fraction Thickness Length gauge
fraction
(gm.) gauge (gm.)
(gm.)
(gm.)
1 63 50
2 50 40
3 40 25
4 31.5 25
5 25 20
6 20 16
7 16 12.5
8 12.5 10
9 10 6.3
W: w: W1: w1:
(w/W)x100: % (w1/W1)x100: %

COMBINED F.I.+E.I.+________________%

For the Contractor For the Engineer

45-201
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

STRIPPING VALUE OF ROAD AGGREGATES


TEST METHOD : IS: 6241
QC-24
Client :
Consultant :
Contractor :

Quarry Identification No. : Sample No. :

Description of Material : Date of Sampling :

Type of Binder : Date of Testing :

Percentage of Binder : Sampled by :

OBSERVATIONS

SL. No. Stripping Percentage Remarks

AVERAGE VALUE :

Remarks :

For the Contractor For the Engineer

45-202
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

TESTS ON FINE AGGREGATES / SAND


QC-25
Client : Carriageway: L/R
Consultant : Carriageway: L/R
Contractor :

SPECIFIC GRAVITY OF FINE AGGREGATES / SAND


DESCRIPTION 1 2 3 AVERAGE
Wt. of empty pycnometer (gms) A1
Wt. of empty pycnometer + dry sand (gms) A2
Wt. of empty pycnometer + dry sand + water (gms)
A3
Wt. of dry sand (gms) A2-A1=A
Wt. of Pycnometer + Water (gms) A4
Wt. of wet sand (gms) A3-A4=B
Specific Gravity of Sand = A/(A-B)

SIEVE ANALYSIS OF FINE AGGREGATES / SAND

I.S. Sieve Mass of %age Cumulative %age I.S. I.S. I.S.


Sand Mass %age Passing Zone I Zone II Zone III
Retained Retained Retained
(gm)
10 mm
4.75 mm
2.36 mm
1.18 mm
600
micron
300
micron
150
micron
Total
Weight

FINENESS MODULUS:

For the Contractor For the Engineer

45-203
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

SAND EQUIVALENT TEST


TEST METHOD: IS:2720 (PART XXXVII)
QC-26
Client : Carriageway: L/R
Consultant : Carriageway: L/R
Contractor :

Material : Lab. No :

Source : Date :

Test Number 1 2 3 Average

Sand Reading
SE = X 100
Clay Reading

Notes : _______________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________

For the Contractor For the Engineer

45-204
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

PENETRATION VALUE OF BITUMEN


TEST METHOD : IS: 1203
QC-27
Client :
Consultant :
Contractor :

Supplier : Date of Sampling :


Sample No. : Date of Testing :
Description of Material : Sampled by :

OBSERVATIONS

INITIAL INITIAL PENETR


PENETRATIO
SL. READING READING ATION
TYPE OF TEMP N IN 1/10
NO 1/10 MM 1/10 MM IN 1/10 REMARKS
MATERIAL IN (C) MM
. (R1) (R2) MM
(AVERAGE)
(R2-R1)

For the Contractor For the Engineer

45-205
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

DUCTILITY TEST
QC-28
Client : Carriageway: L/R
Consultant : Carriageway: L/R
Contractor :

Selection / Control Sample: To be used:

Date of Sampling: Date of Test:

Sampled by: Tested by:

Sampled at: Tested at:

Trial 1 Trial 2
GRADE OF BITUMEN =
Cm Cm
Determination of ductility expressed as the
distance in centimeter to which a standard
briquette of bitumen under standard
conditions can be stretched before the
thread breaks.

Average
Result : Ductility Value =
IS: 1208 (1979)

Clients/Consultants Representative Representative

For the Contractor For the Engineer

45-206
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

SPECIFIC GRAVITY OF BITUMEN


TEST METHOD : IS: 1202
QC-29

Client :
Consultant :
Contractor :

Location/Chainage :
Description of Material : Date of Sampling :
Source of the Material : Date of Testing :
Sample No. : Sampled by :
OBSERVATIONS

SL. SAMPLE SAMPLE SAMPLE


DESCRIPTION AVERAGE
NO. NO.1 NO.2 NO.3
1 Weight of Pycnometer (W1 )

2 Weight of Pycnometer + Sample (W2 )

3 Weight of Pycnometer + Sample + Water (W3)

4 Weight of Pycnometer + Full of Water (W4)

5 Weight of Sample (W2 - W1)


(W2 - W1)
6 Specific Gravity of Sample
(W4 - W1 ) (W3 - W2 )

For the Contractor For the Engineer

45-207
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

TRANSVERSE DISTRIBUTION OF PRIMER/TACK COAT/BINDER


TEST METHOD : BS: 1707
QC-30
Client : Carriageway: L/R
Consultant : Carriageway: L/R
Contractor :

Location/Chainage : No. of Jets :


Description of Material : Spray Height :
Source of the Material : Bar Width :
Date of Testing : Spray Temperature :
OBSERVATIONS
Tray Dip Deviation Tray Dip Deviation Tray Dip Deviation Tray Dip Deviation
No. mm (mm) % No. (mm) % (mm) No. (mm) (mm) % No. (mm) (mm) %

Permissible Variation: -15% to +15%


Remarks:

For the Contractor For the Engineer

45-208
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

RATE OF SPREAD PRIMER/TACK COAT/BINDER


TEST METHOD : IS: 1707
QC-31
Client :
Consultant :
Contractor :

Location/Chainage : Date of Testing :


Description of Material : Spray Pressure (PSI) :
Source of the Material : Vehicle Speed (m/min) :
Spreading Temperature : Specified Rate of Spread :

OBSERVATIONS

Wt. of Wt. of
Offset Area of Wt. of Rate of % Variation Overall
Sl. Chainage Empty Pad +
Pad No. from Pad Material Spread from Mean
No. (Km) 2 Pad Material
C/L (m) (m ) (Kg) (Kg/m ) Specification (Kg/m2)
2
(Kg) (Kg)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8=7-6 9=8/5 10 11

Remarks:

For the Contractor For the Engineer

45-209
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

QC-32: RATE OF SPREAD OF PRIMER/TACK COAT


Client : Carriageway: L/R
Consultant : Carriageway: L/R
Contractor :

Recorded by
Longitudinal

Longitudinal
1st/2nd Coat
Transverse

Transverse
Reference

Reference

Reference

Reference
Remarks

Remarks
S.No.

S.No.
Km

Km
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

For the Contractor For the Engineer

45-210
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

OBSERVATION OF TACK COAT (Plate Test)


QC-33
Client : Carriageway: L/R
Consultant : Carriageway: L/R
Contractor : Chainage/Location:...
Date:.
Time: ...

Material: _________________ Speed of Vehicle: __________


Temperature of Material: ____ Height of nozzles:__________
Area of tray: _______________ Pressure: ________________

Plate Weight of Weight of Weight of Rate of Average Remarks


No. plate before plate after material on the spray rate of
spray spray plate spray

For the Contractor For the Engineer

45-211
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

BINDER CONTENT
TEST METHOD : IRC : SP - 11
QC-34
Client : Carriageway: L/R
Consultant : Carriageway: L/R
Contractor :

Location/Chainage :
Description of Material : Date of Sampling :
Source of the Material : Date of Testing :
Sample No. : Sampled by :

47 OBSERVATIONS

Sl. No. Description Sample 1 Sample 2 Sample 3 Remarks


1. Weight of mix, W (gm.)
2. Weight of sample (Bowl + Mix)
before extraction, W1 (gm.)
3. Weight of sample (Bowl + Mix)
after extraction, W2 (gm.)
4. Weight of filter paper before
extraction, W3 (gm.)
5. Weight of filter paper after
extraction, W4(gm.)
6. Bitumen content by wt. Of mix %
= [(W1 W2) (W4 W3)]/Wx100

For the Contractor For the Engineer

45-212
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

SUMMARY OF TEST RECORD


Aggregate for Dense Bituminous Macadam
QC-35
Client : Carriageway: L/R
Consultant : Carriageway: L/R
Contractor :

Sr. Tests Specified Value Test Results


No.
1. Sample Location (km + metre)
2. Date of Test
3. Sample Identification No.
4. Los Angeles Abrasion or Aggregate Max LAA 30% or
Impact Value Max AIV 27%
5. Flakiness & Elongation Index Max 30%
(total)
6. Coating and Stripping Min Coating 95%
7. a) Soundness in Sodium Max 12%
Sulphate Max 18%
b) Soundness in Magnesium
Sulphate
8. Water absorption Max 2%
9. Sand Equivalent Value Not < 50
10. Sieve Size Percentage Passing
Gr I Gr II
Normal agg. 40 25
size
45 100 --
37.5 95-100 100
26.5 63-93 90-100
19 -- 71-95
13.2 55-75 56-80
4.75 38-54 38-54
2.36 28-42 28-42
0.3 7-21 7-21
0.075 2-8 2-8
11. Suitability/Remarks
12. Tested by
13. Checked/Approved by

For the Contractor For the Engineer

45-213
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

SPECIFIC GRAVITY OF FILLER


QC-36
Client : Carriageway: L/R
Consultant : Carriageway: L/R
Contractor :

Source : Sample No.:

Material : Date:

Sample No. 1 2

Weight of Bottle

Weight of Sample + Water

Weight of Sample

Weight of Bottle + Solvent

Weight of Bottle + Solvent + sample

Density of Solvent

Sp. Gr. Of Filler

Avg. Sp. Gr. Of Filler

Remarks

For the Contractor For the Engineer

45-214
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

COMBINED SPECIFIC GRAVITY OF HOT BIN AGGREGATES

QC-37
Client : Carriageway: L/R
Consultant : Carriageway: L/R
Contractor :

Location: Sample No.:

Sample Description: Date:

Size of Material % Used Average of Bulk Sp. Gravity

Combined SG: 100

+ + +

= 100

= _____________

For the Contractor For the Engineer

45-215
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

TRANSIT VOUCHER FOR BITUMINOUS MIX

QC-38
Client : Carriageway: L/R
Consultant : Carriageway: L/R
Contractor :

HMP LOCATION:_________________
DATE: ________________________
Tipper No.______________________ Type of Mix: ___________________
Weight of Mix:__________________ Arrival Time at site: _____________
Time of Dispatch: ____________ Temp at site: ___________________
Temp at Dispatch: ____________ Paving Location:__________________

In Charge In charge
HMP SITE

45-216
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

TIME & TEMPERATURE RECORD OF BITUMINOUS MIX


QC-39
Client : Carriageway: L/R
Consultant : Carriageway: L/R
Contractor :

Date :
Type of Mix :

Departure Temp. at Arrival Location of


Sr. Tipper Temp Laying Paving site
Time from departure Time at
No. No at site temp.
HMP from HMP site From To

Note: Data to be filled from transit vouchers QC-38.

For the Contractor For the Engineer

45-217
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

TEMPERATURE RECORD FOR DBM/BC


QC-40
Client : Carriageway: L/R
Consultant : Carriageway: L/R
Contractor :

Temperature
Temperature

Recorded by

Recorded by
Time (maxm

Time (maxm
half hourly)

half hourly)
Remarks

Remarks
Rolling

Rolling
Binder

Binder
Laying

Laying
Km/m

Km/m
S.No.

S.No.
Aggr.

Aggr.
Date

Date
Mix

Mix
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

For the Contractor For the Engineer

45-218
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

SUMMARY OF TEST RECORD


Dense Bituminous Macadam Mix
QC-41
Client : Carriageway: L/R
Consultant : Carriageway: L/R
Contractor :

Sr. Tests JMF Specified Valued Test Results


No.
1. Sample Location (km +
metre)
2. Date of Test
3. Sample Identification No.
4. Binder Content (by weight) 0.30%
variations
5. Grading % Passing
Grading Sieve Size for for wearing
No. base/binder course
>19mm 8 7
13.2/9.5mm 7 6
4.75mm 6 5
2.36, 1.18, 5 4
600mic
300mic, 4 3
150mic
75micron 2 1.5
6. Mixing Temperature 10C

45-219
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

7. Mix Properties Requirement


(a) Marshall Stability Min 9KN @60C
(b) Marshall Flow 2 4mm
(c) Air voids 3 - 6%
(d) VMA Nominal Min. VMA %
max. related to design
particle air voids %
size 3 4 5
9.5 14 15 16
12.5 13 14 15
19.0 12 13 14
25.0 11 12 13
37.5 10 11 12
1) The nominal maximum
particle size is one size lower
than the first sieve to retain
more than 10%
2) Interpolate minimum
voids in the mineral aggregate
(VMA) for design air voids
values between those listed
(e) VFB 65 75%
8. Passed/Failed Remarks
9. Tested by
10. Checked/Approved by
Note: 1. Fill up JMF column using Mix Design results.
2. Location on road bed, where the mix under test is laid, is to be linked from return
copy of challan delivering the load of mix.
3. Circle or underline the results not conforming to specification. If more than one
out of 10 values of any sample fall, investigate reasons.
4. JMF = Job Mix Formula.

For the Contractor For the Engineer

45-220
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

SUMMARY OF TEST RECORD


Bituminous Concrete Mix
QC-42
Client : Carriageway: L/R
Consultant : Carriageway: L/R
Contractor :
Sr. Tests JMF Specified Valued Test Results
No.
1. Sample Location (km +
metre)
2. Date of Test
3. Sample Identification No.
4. Binder Content (by weight) 0.30%
variations
5. Grading % Passing
Grading Sieve Size for for wearing
No. base/binde course
r
>19mm 8 7
13.2/9.5mm 7 6
4.75mm 6 5
2.36, 1.18, 5 4
600mic
300mic, 150mic 4 3
75micron 2 1.5
6. Mixing Temperature 10C

45-221
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

7. Mix Properties Requirement


(a) Marshall Stability Min 9KN @60C
(b) Marshall Flow 2 4mm
(c) Air voids 3 6%
(d) VMA Nominal Min. VMA %
max. related to design
Particle air voids %
size 3 4 5
9.5 14 15 16
12.5 13 14 15
19.0 12 13 14
25.0 11 12 13
37.5 10 11 12
1) The nominal
maximum particle size is one
size layer than the first sieve
to retain more than 10%
2) Interpolate minimum
voids in the mineral
aggregate (VMA) for design
air voids values between
those listed
(e) VFB 65 75%
(f) Water sensitivity Min 75%
(retained strength)
(g) Swell Max 1.5%
8. Passed/Failed/ Remarks
9. Tested by
10. Checked/Approved by
Note: 1. Fill up JMF column using Mix Design results.
2. Location on road bed, where the mix under test is laid, is to be linked from return
copy of challan delivering the load of mix.
3. Circle or underline the results not conforming to specification. If more than one
out of 10 values of any sample fall, investigate reasons.
4. JMF = Job Mix Formula.

For the Contractor For the Engineer

45-222
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

SUMMARY OF TEST RECORD


Chippings for Premix carpet
QC-43
Client : Carriageway: L/R
Consultant : Carriageway: L/R
Contractor :

Sr. Tests Specified Valued Test Results


No.
1. Sample Location (km + metre)
2. Date of Test
3. Sample Identification No.
4. Aggregate Impact Value Max 30%
5. Flakiness Index & Elongation Index Max 30%
(total)
6. Coating and Stripping Min Coating 95%
7. Soundness in Sodium Sulphate/ Max 12% / 18%
Magnesium Sulphate
8. Water absorption Max 1%
9. Stone Polishing value Min 55
10. Grading Percentage
Passing
Grading No. Sieve size
13.2mm chippings 22.4mm 100
11.2mm 0
11.2mm chippings 13.2mm 100
5.6mm 0
11. Suitability/Remarks
12. Tested by
13. Checked/Approved by

For the Contractor For the Engineer

45-223
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

SUMMARY OF TEST RECORD


Seal Coat Material
QC-44
Client : Carriageway: L/R
Consultant : Carriageway: L/R
Contractor :

Sr. Tests Specified Valued Test Results


No.
1. Sample Location (km + metre)
2. Date of Test
3. Sample Identification No.
4. Grading for Liquid Seal
Grading Sieve size

6.7mm Passing Sieve 11.2mm


Retained on 2.36mm
5. Grading for premix seal
Sand or Grit Passing sieve 2.36mm
Retained 180 micron
6. Suitability/Remarks
7. Tested by
8. Checked/Approved by

For the Contractor For the Engineer

45-224
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

MARSHALL DENSITY OF DENSE BITUMINOUS MACADAM


TEST METHOD : ASTM: D - 1559
QC-45
Client :
Consultant :
Contractor :

Location/Chainage:
Date of laying: Date of Sampling:
Stretch : Date of Testing:
Layer: Sampled by:

OBSERVATIONS
Saturated
Bitumen Specimen Specimen Volume of
Sample Surface Dry Marshall Density
Content Weight in Air Weight in Specimen
No. Weight in Air (gm./cm3)
% (gm.) Water (gm.) (cm3)
(gm.)
7 = (3 / 6) x (dw /
1 2 3 4 5 6=5-4
0.997)

* Test Temperature of Water = .. 0C

REMARKS :

For the Contractor For the Engineer

45-225
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

QC-46: FIELD DENSITY OF DENSE BITUMINOUS MACADAM


TEST METHOD: AASHTO: T - 166
Client :
Consultant :
Contractor :

Location/Chainage :
Date of laying : Date of Coring :
Stretch : Date of Testing :
Layer : Sampled by :
OBSERVATIONS
Density Compaction
Location
(gm./cm3) %
Weight
Offset Weight S.S.D. Marshall Average
Core Thickness in 5 dw 8
L/R in Air Weight Density Compaction
No. (mm) Water 7- 0.997 3 9
Chainage from (gm.) (gm.) 8= x (gm./cm ) 10= x 100 %
(gm.) 6
Centre
Line
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)

* Test Temperature of Water = .. 0C


* dw = Density of Water at Test Temperature = .. gm./cm3

REMARKS :

For the Contractor For the Engineer

45-226
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

QC-47: MARSHALL PROPERTIES OF ASPHALTIC MIX


(DAILY PRODUCTION)
Client :
Consultant :
Contractor :

Location : Sample No. :

Mix Type : Date :

Specimen numbers 1 2 3 4
Weight in Air (Dry) Bitumen Percent:
Weight in air (with wax) Pen. Type AC: ...
Weight in water Avg. Sp. Gr. Agg.: ...
Bulk volume (cm3) Compacting Temp:.
Bulk Sp. Gr. No. of Blows on each Face:..
Avg. Bulk Sp. Gr. Effect Sp. Gr.:
Theo Max. Sp. Gr. Sp. Gr. Bitumen:..
V.I.M. (%) Sp. Gr. Of Paraffin Wax:
Bitumen by volume (%)
V.M.A. (%)
V.F.B. (%)
Stability Measured (Kgf)
Volume Correction Factor
Corrected Stability (Kgf)
Flow (mm)
Average Flow (mm)
Stiffness (Kg/mm)

Test Method

Remarks :
_____________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________

For the Contractor For the Engineer

45-227
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

QC-48: COMPACTION OF DENSE BITUMINOUS MACADAM (OVERLAY)

Recorded by
Recorded by
Lab. Density

Lab. Density
Compaction

Compaction
Reference

Reference
Remarks

Remarks
F.D. (%)

F.D. (%)
S. No.

S. No.
KM

KM
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

For the Contractor For the Engineer

45-228
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

QC-49: BITUMINOUS EXTRACTION OF DBM (OVERLAY)


Client :
Consultant :
Contractor :

Recorded by

Recorded by
Reference

Reference
Remarks

Remarks
Bitumen

Bitumen
Content

Content
Km/m

Km/m
S.No.

S.No.
1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6

For the Contractor For the Engineer

45-229
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

QC-50: COMPACTION OF BITUMINOUS COURSES

Sr. Location within km


Layer-wise Details
No. 0.0-0.1 0.1-0.2 0.2-0.3 0.3-0.4 0.4-0.5 0.5-0.6 0.6-0.7 0.7-0.8 0.8-0.9 0.9-1.0
Strip Plan
LL
1.
Showing Test Spot
RL
2. Test Reference No.
3. Location (km+metre)
Density of Core Sample from
4.
Site (Kg/cum)
Density of Marshall Specimen
5.
made of same mix (Kg/cum)
6. Degree of Compaction %
Layer thickness (from core),
7.
mm
8. Remarks
9. Tested by
10. Checked / Approved by

Note: 1. Circle or underline non-conforming results.


2. If Marshall specimen is made using mix taken from truck/plant site, link the actual location of laying to delivery chalan of load mix.
3. LL = Left Lane; RL = Right Lane

For the Contractor For the Engineer

45-231
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

QC-51: SURFACE REGULARITY AT MIDDLE OF TRAFFIC LANE AND TRANSVERSE

Client :
Consultant :
Contractor :

Irregularity in
Surface Irregularity in 300m Surface Irregularity in 75m
Camber
Irregularity Irregularity Irregularity Irregularity
Max
4mm 7mm 4mm 7mm
S.No. Location Acceptable
Permitted Permitted Permitted Permitted
3mm
No. 40 No. 4 No. 18 No. 2
Observed Observed Observed Observed
Observed
No. No. No. No

For the Contractor For the Engineer

45-232
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

QC-53: ROUTINE TESTS ON CEMENT


(SP. GRAVITY, FINENESS & SETTING TIME ETC.)

Fineness Sqcm/gm
Date of Receipt at

Date of Sampling

Specific Gravity
Date of Testing
Setting Time

Consistency
Sample No.

(Minutes)
Stack No.
Location

Percent
Normal
Type

Site
Initial Final

Tests are Conducted at 27 2C

For the Contractor For the Engineer

45-233
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

QC-54: CEMENT TEST RECORD

Carriageway: L/R
Carriageway: L/R

Brand : Manufacturing Week :

Type : Date of Receipt at Site :

Grade : Date of Sampling/Testing :

Lot No.: Testing at Temperature : 27C 2C

CONSISTENCY PROPERTIES
1 2 3 Average
Normal Consistency (%)
Initial Setting Time (Minutes)
Final Setting Time (Minutes)

48 MORTAR CUBE COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH


1 2 3 Average
Compressive Strength 3 days
Compressive Strength 7 days
Compressive Strength 14 days
Compressive Strength 28 days

For the Contractor For the Engineer

45-234
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

QC-55: FLEXURAL STRENGTH OF CONCRETE BEAMS

Carriageway: L/R
Carriageway: L/R

Source : Reg. No.: ..

Location : Lab No. : ...

Type of Specimen :. Date : .

MIX PROPORTION
Mix Type Aggregate Batch Wt.
Cement Type
W/C Ratio
Cement/m3:

Sample Date of At Span Load at Flexural % of Agg. Remarks


No. Cast Days Length Failure Strength Failure
(Kn) N/MM2

Average Flexural Strength 49 Min. Required Strength at 28 Days:

For the Contractor For the Engineer

45-235
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

QC-56: DETERMINATION OF COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF CONCRETE CORES

Carriageway: L/R
Carriageway: L/R

Specimen Type :mm Drilled Core Lab No. : ...

Condition of Storage :. Date of Test: ...

Method of end preparation : Ends Trimmed with Diamond Saw and Capped with Sulfur
compound

Time Stored in Water : . Tested By : ..

Date of Sampling : .

SAMPLE REFERENCE
Sample Identification
Orientation of Drilling
Avg. Diameter (mm)
Avg. Length (mm)
Weight as recd. Sample (gms)
Cross Section Area (mm2)
Volume of Specimen (cc)
As-received Density (mg/m3)
Failure Load (kN)
Compressive Strength of Core
(N/mm2)
Steel Correction Factor
Corrected Estimated In-Situ Cube
Strength (N/mm2)
Remarks: Volume of the sample calculated at the dimensions of sample.
Method Variations:

For the Contractor For the Engineer

45-236
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

QC-57: BLEEDING OF CONCRETE


(In accordance with ASTM C-232-71)

Carriageway: L/R
Carriageway: L/R

Location : Temperature after mixing:

Concrete Class :
Test Numbers
I II III
1. WET DENSITY MEASUREMENT (USING 150X150X150 MOULD)
Weight of Concrete + Mould =
Weight of Mould only =
Weight of Concrete =
% Weight Density of Concrete =
Mean Density
2. BLEEDING TEST
V1-Volume of Bleeding Water Cm3 =

A -Surface area of exposed Concrete =


Vol. of Bleeding water/unit area V1 =
A
C -Wt. of water in Test Specimen w x S =
W
W -Total Wt. of Batch in Kg. =
w -Wt. of Water in Batch in Kg. =
S -Wt. of Test Sample in Kg. =
D - Wt. of Bleeding Water (Accumulated during specified =
Intervals)
% of Bleeding = D x 100
C
Means of 3 different tests =

Remarks:

Bleeding Test Started at Hrs.

And ceased at Hrs.

For the Contractor For the Engineer

45-237
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

QC-58: CONCRETE
LABORATORY MIX DESIGN

Carriageway: L/R
Carriageway: L/R

1. Object
2. Location of concrete to be planned
3. Basic reinforcement of Concrete Mix reference Number:
Designed Strength at

Water Cement Ratio


Consistency (Slump)

Water Content for

28 days kg/sqcm

Cement Content
Required Slump

Expected Sand
for Designed

Workability
Col. 2/Col.4

Content for
(Kg/Cum)

(Kg/Cum)

(Percent)

Remarks
Strength
mm

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

4. Mix Calculations
Assume one Cu.m of Concrete Density Kg/Cum Cement =
A) Volume of Expected Air Cum
B) Volume of Solid Concrete (1-A) Cum
C) Volume of Cement = Wt. of Cement Cum
Density of Cement
D) Volume of Water = Wt. of Water Cum
Density of Water
E) Volume of all in Agg. (B (C + D)) Cum
F) Volume of Sand = E x % Sand Cum
G) Volume of Agg. =EF Cum
H) Wt. of Sand = F x Density of Sand Cum
I) Wt. of Agg = G x Density of Agg Cum
W : C : S : Agg
Mix Ratio by Wt.

45-238
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

5. Mix Particulars: Quantities per Cum


Cement Water Sand Aggregate Kg Density Admixture
Kg Kg Kg 40 20 10 Kg/Cum C.C.

6. Moisture in 7. Absorption Percent SSD Basis 8. Correction for Absorption


Aggregate Percent

Aggregate Aggregate Aggregate


Sand Sand Sand
40 20 10 40 20 10 40 20 10

9. Mix Particulars (after correction): Quantities per m3


Aggregate
Cement Kg Water Kg Sand Kg Admixture C.C.
40 20 10

Mix Designed by: Checked by:

For the Contractor For the Engineer

45-239
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

QC-59: LABORATORY CONCRETE TRIAL MIX DATA


Carriageway : L/R
Service Road : L/R

Date: Object :
Time : Conducted by :
A. Quantities Per Cum

Dose % by wt of Cement
Aggregate

Type of Admixture and

Expected Unit weight


Cement, Kg

Water, Kg

Sand, Kg

mm, kg.
Sand, %

Kg/cum
10-4.75
mm, kg

mm, kg
40-20

20-10

B. Batch Weight Particulars Batch Size = cum


Aggregate Admixture
Cement, Kg

Sand, Kg
Material

mm, kg.
10-4.75
mm, kg

mm, kg
40-20

20-10

C. Observations
Room Temp. oC Temperature of Materials oC
Workability
% Humidity

Slump, mm
Aggregate
Wet Bulb

Concrete
Dry Bulb

Cement

Remark
Water

% AIR
% Air
Sand

D. Unit Weight
Size of Mould, Type of Weight Weight of Wt. Of Unit Wt.
Cum Compaction (Empty Mould Plus Concrete, Kg Kg/cum
Mould), Kg Concrete, Kg
45-240
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

E. Schedule of Testing
Mark on Size of Nos. Cast Age of Specimen Date of Test Compressive
Specimen Specimen Days Strength
Kg/Sq.cm.
1

288

( Supervisor )

For the Contractor For the Engineer

45-241
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

QC-60: CONCRETE POUR CARD


Carriageway : L/R
Service Road : L/R

Drawing No. Type of Concrete mix:


Concrete Source : Total volume of Concrete:
Site Batching Plant
Load No. Truck Time Time Time Time Air Concrete Slump Quantity Cumulative Concrete Remarks
No. Concrete Concrete Start Finish Temp. Temp. in m3 Quantity in Sample
Batch Arrive Pour Pour m3

Comments/Remarks :

For the Contractor For the Engineer

45-242
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

QC-61: TEST FOR FLAT AND ELONGATED PARTICLES


TEST METHOD : IS 2386 PART I
Carriageway : L/R
Service Road : L/R

Sieve Grading & Retained Material Result of Test by Not flat or Weight Avg. Percentage Total Flat or
Size tested Weight Elongated Elongated
Samples as Calculated on Weight Flat Elongated Flat Elongated Not Flat or Percentage
received for Test Portion Elongated
Retained on
3/8 sieve
Weight Retained
Inch/mm g % % g g % g % g % % % % %

Total

Specified Limit:

For the Contractor For the Engineer

45-243
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

QC-62: MIX DESIGN FOR CONCRETE


Carriageway : L/R Service Road : L/R
Class of Concrete: Total Cement:
Concrete Trial reference Number: Slump:
Cement Water
Silica Fume
Admixture

Type & Source Coarse


of Materials Aggregate

Fine Aggregate

Materials Aggregate Volume Specific Weight Water Natural Corrected


Size % (Litre) Gravity (SSD) Absorption Moisture Weight
(SSD) (in round
fig.)
Cement
Water
Admixture

Air
Coarse
Aggregate
Fine
Aggregate
Total

Slump Temperature 3 days 7 days 28 days


(mm) Deg. (N/mm2) (N/mm2) (N/mm2)
Centigrade
Trial Mix Initial
Results as 30 min :
Designed 45 min :
above 60 min :
Total

For the Contractor For the Engineer

45-244
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

QC-63: CONCRETE CUBE RECORD


Carriageway : L/R
Service Road : L/R

Structure No : Brand of Cement :


Location : Grade of Cement :
Element : Water Cement Ratio :
Lift R.L. : Proportion of Mix :
Date of Casting : Cement per Batch :
Grade of Concrete : F.A. per Batch :
Required Strength at 28 days : C.A. per Batch :
Quantity of Concrete : Water per Batch :
Slump of Concrete : Sampled by :
CUBE COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH TEST
I.D. No. Area of S.S.D. Density, 7-days comp. Strength 28-Days Comp.
Cube Wt., (gm) (gm/cm3) (__/__/__) Strength (__/__/__)
(cm2) Load (kg) Strength Load (kg) Strength
(MPa) (MPa)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
Remarks :

For the Contractor For the Engineer

45-245
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

QC-64: AGGREGATE COMBINATION CALCULATION SHEET


Carriageway : L/R
Service Road : L/R

Sample No. : Date :


Sample Description : Location
Material Total Mid Specification
Grading Point LImit
Spec.

Sieve

For the Contractor For the Engineer

45-246
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

QC-65: MAXIMUM THEORETICAL SPECIFIC GRAVITY


AND
EFFECTIVE SPECIFIC GRAVITY OF AGGREGATE
(As per Asphalt Institute MS2)
Service Road: L/R

Location :
Source Sample No. :
Material Date

Description Sample 1 Sample 2


A. Mass of dry sample in air
B. Mass of container filled with water
C. Mass of container filled with water + sample
Gmm =
A
Maximum Theoretical Specific gravity = A C B

Pb: % Bitumen by wt of total mix


(Conducted as per ASTM D-2041)
Gmm : Max : Theoretical Specific
Gravity of Mix (no air voids)
Gb : Specific Gravity of bitumen
Pmm : Percent by weight of Total loose mixture (100%)
Pmm pb
Gse
Pmm Pb

Effective Specific gravity of Agg. mm Gb
G

Average of Two Tests

For the Contractor For the Engineer

45-247
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

QC-66: CONCRETE CUBE CALENDER - _______________2013


Carriageway : L/R

Description Location Casting Total Grade 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31


Date Cubes

MORTAR CUBE CALENDER - ______________ 2013

For the Contractor For the Engineer

45-248
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

QC-67: Sand / Fine Aggregate for Structural Concrete


SUMMARY OF TEST RECORD
Carriageway : L/R
Service Road : L/R

Sl.No. Tests Specified Test Results


Value
1 Sample Location (Km + metre) -
2 Date of Test -
3 Sample Identification No. -
4 LAA Value of wearing surface Max 30%
LAA Value for other works Max 50%
5 Soundness in Sodium Sulphate Max 12%
6 Deleterious Constituents :
a) Coal and Lignite Max 1%
b) Clay Lumps Max 1%
c) Shale Max 1%
d) Total of all Deleterious Matters Max 5%
7 Water Absorption Max 2%
8 Material Passing 75 micron Max 3%
(15% if
crushed)
9 Specific Gravity (SSD) -
10 Surface Moisture Content (Free moisture) Max 2 %
11 General Requirement Clean, hard
and free form
deleterious
matter
12 Total Chloride Content Max 0.06%
13 Total Sulphate Content Max 0.25%
14 Alkali-Aggregate Reactivity Non-Reactive
15 Grading
Sieve Siize Percentage Passing
Zone I Zone II Zone III
10 mm 100 100 100
4.75 mm 95-100 90-100 90-100
2.36 mm 30-95 75-100 85-100
1.18 mm 30-70 55-90 75-100
600 mm 15-34 35-59 60-79

45-249
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

300 5-20 8-30 12-40


micron
150 0-10 0-10 0-10
micron
16 Suitability/Remarks -
17 Tested by -
18 Checked/Approved by -
Note : Indicate size of tested aggregate at Sl. 15 under specified value.

For the Contractor For the Engineer

45-250
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

SUMMARY OF TEST RECORD


QC-68: Coarse Aggregate for Structural Concrete
Carriageway : L/R Service Road : L/R
Sl.No. Tests Specified Test Results
Value
1 Sample Location (Km + metre) -
2 Date of Test -
3 Sample Identification No. -
4 LAA Value of wearing surface Max 30%
LAA Value for other works Max 50%
5 Soundness in Sodium Sulphate Max 12%
6 Deleterious Constituents:
a) Coal and Lignite Max 1%
b) Clay Lumps Max 1%
c) Soft Fragments Max 3%
d) Total of all Deleterious Matters Max 5%
7 Water Absorption Max 2%
8 Material Passing 75 micron Max 3%
9 Specific Gravity (SSD) -
10 Surface Moisture Content (Free moisture) Max 2 %
11 Flakiness Index Max. 35%
12 Grading
Sieve Size Percentage Passing
40 mm 20 mm 12.5 mm
63 mm 100 - -
40 mm 95-100 100 -
20 mm 30-70 95-100 100
12.5 mm - - 90-100
10 mm 10-35 25-55 40-85
4.75 mm 0-5 0-10 0-10

13 Suitability/Remarks -
14 Tested by -
15 Checked/Approved by -
Note : Indicate Size of Tested aggregate at Sl. 12 under specified value
Adopt separate sheets for different size of aggregates.

For the Contractor For the Engineer

45-251
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

QC-69: CORE TEST


Carriageway : L/R
Service Road : L/R
Date sampled:
Material Description: Date Tested:

Density Core JMF Dens


Determination Unit 1 2 3 4 5
1. Core No.
2. Core
Chainage
3. Core mm
Thickness
4. Wt. In Air gms
5. Wt. In Water gms
6. Volume gms
7. Density Gms/cc
8. Compaction %
(Core)
Remarks:

For the Contractor For the Engineer

45-252
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

QC-70: CALIBRATION CHART OF BATCHING PLANT FOR AGGREGATE GAUGE


Carriageway : L/R Service Road : L/R
Calibrated date:
Load Dial Gauge Readings
Applied Trial-I Trial-II Trial-III Average
(Kg) Loading Unloading Loading Unloading Loading Unloading
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
650
700
750
800
850
900
950
1000
1050
1100
1150
Remarks :

For the Contractor For the Engineer

45-253
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

QC-71: CALIBRATION CHART OF BATCHING PLANT FOR WATER METER


Carriageway : L/R
Service Road : L/R

Trial I Trial II Trial III


Meter Water Meter Water Meter Water
Sl.No. AVERAGE
Reading Measured Reading Measured Reading Measured
(LTRS) (LTRS) (LTRS) (LTRS) (LTRS) (LTRS)
1 10 10 10
2 20 20 20
3 30 30 30
4 40 40 40
5 50 50 50
6 60 60 60
7 70 70 70
8 80 80 80
9 90 90 90
10 100 100 100
11 110 110 110
12 120 120 120
13 130 130 130
14 140 140 140
15 150 150 150
Remarks :

For the Contractor For the Engineer

45-254
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

QC-72: CALIBRATION CHART OF BATCHING PLANT FOR CEMENT GAUGE


Carriageway : L/R Service Road : L/R
Calibrated date:
Load Dial Gauge Readings
Applied Trial-I Trial-II Trial-III Average
(Kg) Loading Unloading Loading Unloading Loading Unloading
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
650
700
750
800
850
900
950
1000
1050
1100
1150
Remarks :

For the Contractor For the Engineer

45-255
State Highway Development Project, Public Works Department, Govt of Karnataka
Project Monitoring & Construction Supervision Manual January 2013

End of Document

45-256

Вам также может понравиться